EX-99.1 2 d215178dex991.htm EX-99.1 EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

LOGO


LOGO


    

    

    

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

November 11, 2020

Basis of Presentation

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Financial Position and Results of Operations (MD&A) is the responsibility of management and has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. This MD&A has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Canadian Securities Administrators. The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for reviewing and approving the MD&A. The Board of Directors carries out this responsibility mainly through its Audit and Risk Management Committee, which is appointed by the Board of Directors and is comprised entirely of independent and financially literate directors.

Throughout this document, CGI Inc. is referred to as “CGI”, “we”, “our” or “Company”. This MD&A provides information management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Company. This document should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. CGI’s accounting policies are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). All dollar amounts are in Canadian dollars unless otherwise noted.

Materiality of Disclosures

This MD&A includes information we believe is material to investors. We consider something to be material if it results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a significant change in the market price or value of our shares, or if it is likely that a reasonable investor would consider the information to be important in making an investment decision.

Forward-Looking Statements

This MD&A contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of Canadian securities laws and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other applicable United States safe harbours. All such forward-looking information and statements are made and disclosed in reliance upon the safe harbour provisions of applicable Canadian and United States securities laws. Forward-looking information and statements include all information and statements regarding CGI’s intentions, plans, expectations, beliefs, objectives, future performance, and strategy, as well as any other information or statements that relate to future events or circumstances and which do not directly and exclusively relate to historical facts. Forward-looking information and statements often but not always use words such as “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “foresee”, “plan”, “predict”, “project”, “aim”, “seek”, “strive”, “potential”, “continue”, “target”, “may”, “might”, “could”, “should”, and similar expressions and variations thereof. These information and statements are based on our perception of historic trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other assumptions, both general and specific, that we believe are appropriate in the circumstances. Such information and statements are, however, by their very nature, subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, of which many are beyond the control of the Company, and which give rise to the possibility that actual results could differ materially from our expectations expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking information or forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include but are not restricted to: risks related to the market such as the level of business activity of our clients, which is affected by economic and political conditions, external risks (such as pandemics) and our ability to negotiate new contracts; risks related to our industry such as competition and our ability to attract and retain qualified employees, to develop and expand our services, to penetrate new markets, and to protect our intellectual property rights; risks related to our business such as risks associated with our growth strategy, including the integration of new operations, financial and operational risks inherent in worldwide operations, foreign exchange risks, income tax laws, our ability to negotiate favourable contractual terms, to deliver our services and to collect receivables, and the reputational and financial risks attendant to cybersecurity breaches and other incidents; as well as other risks identified or incorporated by reference in this MD&A and in other documents that we make public, including our filings with the Canadian Securities Administrators (on SEDAR at www.sedar.com) and the U.S.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 1


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Securities and Exchange Commission (on EDGAR at www.sec.gov). For a discussion of risks in response to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, see Pandemic Risks in section 10.1.1. of the present document. Unless otherwise stated, the forward-looking information and statements contained in this MD&A are made as of the date hereof and CGI disclaims any intention or obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking information or forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. While we believe that our assumptions on which these forward-looking information and forward-looking statements are based were reasonable as at the date of this MD&A, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking information or statements. Furthermore, readers are reminded that forward-looking information and statements are presented for the sole purpose of assisting investors and others in understanding our objectives, strategic priorities and business outlook as well as our anticipated operating environment. Readers are cautioned that such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. Further information on the risks that could cause our actual results to differ significantly from our current expectations may be found in section 10 - Risk Environment, which is incorporated by reference in this cautionary statement. We also caution readers that the risks described in the previously mentioned section and in other sections of this MD&A are not the only ones that could affect us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial could also have a material adverse effect on our financial position, financial performance, cash flows, business or reputation.

 

2


    

    

    

    

 

Non-GAAP and Key Performance Measures

The reader should note that the Company reports its financial results in accordance with IFRS. However, we use a combination of financial measures, ratios, and non-GAAP measures to assess the Company’s performance. The non-GAAP measures used in this MD&A do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. These measures should be considered as supplemental in nature and not as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The table below summarizes our non-GAAP measures and most relevant key performance measures:

 

   
Profitability       

•  Adjusted EBIT (non-GAAP) – is a measure of earnings excluding acquisition-related and integration costs, restructuring costs, net finance costs and income tax expense. Management believes this measure is useful to investors as it best reflects the performance of its activities and allows for better comparability from period to period as well as to trend analysis. A reconciliation of the adjusted EBIT to its closest IFRS measure can be found in section 3.7. of the present document.

    

•  Adjusted EBIT margin (non-GAAP) – is obtained by dividing our adjusted EBIT by our revenues. Management believes this measure is useful to investors as it best reflects the performance of its activities and allows for better comparability from period to period as well as to trend analysis. A reconciliation of the adjusted EBIT to its closest IFRS measure can be found in section 3.7. of the present document.

   
    

•  Net earnings – is a measure of earnings generated for shareholders.

   
    

•  Net earnings margin (non-GAAP) – is obtained by dividing our net earnings by our revenues. Management believes a percentage of revenue measure is meaningful for better comparability from period to period.

   
    

•  Diluted earnings per share (diluted EPS) – is a measure of earnings generated for shareholders on a per share basis, assuming all dilutive elements are exercised.

   
    

•  Net earnings excluding specific items (non-GAAP) – is a measure of net earnings excluding acquisition-related and integration costs, restructuring costs and tax adjustments. Management believes this measure is useful to investors as it best reflects the Company’s performance and allows for better comparability from period to period. A reconciliation of the net earnings excluding specific items to its closest IFRS measure can be found in section 3.8.3. of the present document.

   
    

•  Net earnings margin excluding specific items (non-GAAP) – is obtained by dividing our net earnings excluding specific items by our revenues. Management believes this measure is useful to investors as it best reflects the Company’s performance and allows for better comparability from period to period. A reconciliation of the net earnings excluding specific items to its closest IFRS measure can be found in section 3.8.3. of the present document.

   
    

•  Diluted earnings per share excluding specific items (non-GAAP) – is defined as the net earnings excluding specific items on a per share basis. Management believes that this measure is useful to investors as it best reflects the Company’s performance on a per share basis and allows for better comparability from period to period. The diluted earnings per share reported in accordance with IFRS can be found in section 3.8. of the present document while the basic and diluted earnings per share excluding specific items can be found in section 3.8.3. of the present document.

 

   
Liquidity   

•  Cash provided by operating activities – is a measure of cash generated from managing our day-to-day business operations. Management believes strong operating cash flow is indicative of financial flexibility, allowing us to execute the Company’s strategy.

   
    

•  Days sales outstanding (DSO) (non-GAAP) – is the average number of days needed to convert our trade receivables and work in progress into cash. DSO is obtained by subtracting deferred revenue from trade accounts receivable and work in progress; the result is divided by our most recent quarter’s revenue over 90 days. Management tracks this metric closely to ensure timely collection and healthy liquidity. Management believes this measure is useful to investors as it demonstrates the Company’s ability to timely convert its trade receivables and work in progress into cash.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 3


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

   

Growth

  

•  Constant currency growth (non-GAAP) – is a measure of revenue growth before foreign currency translation impacts. This growth is calculated by translating current period results in local currency using the conversion rates in the equivalent period from the prior year. Management believes that it is helpful to adjust revenue to exclude the impact of currency fluctuations to facilitate period-to-period comparisons of business performance and that this measure is useful to investors for the same reason.

   
    

•  Backlog (non-GAAP) – includes new contract wins, extensions and renewals (bookings (non-GAAP)), adjusted for the backlog consumed during the period as a result of client work performed and adjustments related to the volume, cancellation and the impact of foreign currencies to our existing contracts. Backlog incorporates estimates from management that are subject to change. Management tracks this measure as it is a key indicator of our best estimate of contracted revenue to be realized in the future and believes that this measure is useful to investors for the same reason.

   
    

•  Book-to-bill ratio (non-GAAP) – is a measure of the proportion of the value of our bookings to our revenue in the period. This metric allows management to monitor the Company’s business development efforts to ensure we grow our backlog and our business over time and management believes that this measure is useful to investors for the same reason. Management’s objective is to maintain a target ratio greater than 100% over a trailing twelve-month period. Management believes that monitoring the Company’s bookings over a longer period is a more representative measure as the services and contract type, size and timing of bookings could cause this measurement to fluctuate significantly if taken for only a three- month period.

 

   

Capital Structure    

  

•  Net debt (non-GAAP) – is obtained by subtracting from our debt and lease liabilities, our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, long-term investments and adjusting for fair value of foreign currency derivative financial instruments related to debt. Management uses the net debt metric to monitor the Company’s financial leverage and believes that this metric is useful to investors as it provides insight into its financial strength. A reconciliation of net debt to its closest IFRS measure can be found in section 4.5. of the present document.

   
    

•  Net debt to capitalization ratio (non-GAAP) – is a measure of our level of financial leverage and is obtained by dividing the net debt by the sum of shareholder’s equity and debt. Management uses the net debt to capitalization ratio to monitor the proportion of debt versus capital used to finance the Company’s operations and to assess its financial strength. Management believes that this metric is useful to investors for the same reasons.

   
    

•  Return on equity (ROE) (non-GAAP) – is a measure of the rate of return on the ownership interest of our shareholders and is calculated as the proportion of net earnings for the last 12 months over the last four quarters’ average shareholder’s equity. Management looks at ROE to measure its efficiency at generating net earnings for the Company’s shareholders and how well the Company uses the invested funds to generate net earnings growth and believes that this measure is useful to investors for the same reasons.

   
    

•  Return on invested capital (ROIC) (non-GAAP) – is a measure of the Company’s efficiency at allocating the capital under its control to profitable investments and is calculated as the proportion of the net earnings excluding net finance costs after-tax for the last 12 months, over the last four quarters’ average invested capital, which is defined as the sum of shareholder’s’ equity and net debt. Management examines this ratio to assess how well it is using its funds to generate returns and believes that this measure is useful to investors for the same reason.

 

 

4


    

    

    

    

 

Change in Reporting Segments

Effective October 1, 2019, the Company realigned its management structure, resulting primarily in the creation of two new operating segments, namely Scandinavia (Sweden, Denmark and Norway) and Finland, Poland and Baltics, collectively known as Northern Europe in the prior fiscal year. As a result, the Company is now managed through nine operating segments, namely: Western and Southern Europe (primarily France, Portugal and Belgium); United States (U.S.) Commercial and State Government; Canada; U.S. Federal; United Kingdom (U.K.) and Australia; Central and Eastern Europe (primarily Germany and the Netherlands); Scandinavia; Finland, Poland and Baltics; and Asia Pacific Global Delivery Centers of Excellence (mainly India and Philippines) (Asia Pacific). This realignment of management structure also included, to a lesser extent, transfers of some lines of business between our operating segments. The Company has retrospectively revised the segmented information for the comparative period to conform to the new segmented information structure. Please refer to sections 3.4, 3.6, 5.4 and 5.5 of the present document and to note 29 of our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information on our segments.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 5


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

MD&A Objectives and Contents

In this document, we:

 

 

Provide a narrative explanation of the audited consolidated financial statements through the eyes of management;

 

 

Provide the context within which the audited consolidated financial statements should be analyzed, by giving enhanced disclosure about the dynamics and trends of the Company’s business; and

 

 

Provide information to assist the reader in ascertaining the likelihood that past performance may be indicative of future performance.

In order to achieve these objectives, this MD&A is presented in the following main sections:

 

     

Section

 

  

Contents

 

  

Pages  

 

       

1.

   Corporate    1.1.    About CGI    8
     Overview    1.2.    Vision and Strategy    9
          1.3.

 

  

Competitive Environment

 

   10

 

       

2.

   Highlights and Key    2.1.    Fiscal 2020 Year-Over-Year Highlights    12
     Performance    2.2.    Selected Yearly Information & Key Performance Measures    13
     Measures    2.3.    Stock Performance    14
          2.4.    Investments in Subsidiaries    15
          2.5.    Impact of the adoption of IFRS 16    16
          2.6.

 

  

COVID-19

 

   16

 

       

3.

   Financial Review    3.1.    Bookings and Book-to-Bill Ratio    17
          3.2.    Foreign Exchange    18
          3.3.    Revenue Distribution    19
          3.4.    Revenue by Segment    20
          3.5.    Operating Expenses    23
          3.6.    Adjusted EBIT by Segment    24
          3.7.    Earnings Before Income Taxes    26
          3.8.

 

  

Net Earnings and Earnings Per Share

 

   27

 

       

4.

   Liquidity    4.1.    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows    29
          4.2.    Capital Resources    32
          4.3.    Contractual Obligations    33
          4.4.    Financial Instruments and Hedging Transactions    33
          4.5.    Selected Measures of Capital Resources and Liquidity    34
          4.6.    Guarantees    34
          4.7.

 

  

Capability to Deliver Results

 

   35

 

       

5.

   Fourth Quarter    5.1.    Bookings and Book-to-Bill Ratio    36
     Results    5.2.    Foreign Exchange    37
          5.3.    Revenue Distribution    38
          5.4.    Revenue by Segment    39
          5.5.    Adjusted EBIT by Segment    42
          5.6.    Net Earnings and Earnings Per Share    44
          5.7.

 

  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

   46

 

 

6


    

    

    

    

 

         

6.

   Eight Quarter Summary   

A summary of the past eight quarters’ key performance measures and a discussion of the factors that could impact our quarterly results.

 

           48    

 

         

7.

  

Changes in Accounting Policies

 

  

A summary of the accounting standard changes.

           50    

 

         

8.

  

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

  

A discussion of the critical accounting estimates made in the preparation of the audited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

       52    

 

         

9.

   Integrity of Disclosure   

A discussion of the existence of appropriate information systems, procedures and controls to ensure that information used internally and disclosed externally is complete and reliable.

 

           55    

 

           

10.

   Risk Environment   

10.1.

  

Risks and Uncertainties

           57    
         

10.2.

  

Legal Proceedings

 

           66    

 

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 7


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

1.

Corporate Overview

1.1. ABOUT CGI

Founded in 1976 and headquartered in Montréal, Canada, CGI is among the largest information technology (IT) and business consulting services firms in the world. The Company delivers a full range of services, including strategic IT and business consulting, systems integration, intellectual property and managed IT and business process services to help clients accelerate digitization, achieve immediate cost savings, and drive revenue growth. CGI employs approximately 76,000 consultants and professionals worldwide, whom are called members as they are also owners.

End-to-end services and solutions

CGI delivers end-to-end services that cover the full spectrum of technology delivery; from digital strategy and architecture to solution design, development, integration, implementation, and operations. Our portfolio encompasses:

 

   

Strategic IT and business consulting and systems integration: CGI helps clients define their digital strategy and roadmap, and advance their IT modernization initiatives through an agile, iterative approach that facilitates innovation, connection and optimization of mission-critical systems to deliver enterprise-wide change.

 

   

Managed IT and business process services: Our clients entrust us with full or partial responsibility for their IT and business functions to help them become more agile and to build resilience into their technology supply chains. In return, we deliver innovation, significant efficiency gains, and cost savings. Typical services in an end-to-end engagement include: application development, integration and maintenance; technology infrastructure management; and business process services, such as in collections and payroll management. Managed IT and business process services contracts are long-term in nature, with a typical duration greater than five years, allowing our clients to reinvest savings, alongside CGI, in their digital transformation.

 

   

Intellectual property (IP): Our IP portfolio includes approximately 175 business solutions, some of which are cross-industry solutions. Designed in collaboration with clients, our IP solutions act as business accelerators for the industries we serve. These include business solutions encompassing commercial software embedded within our end-to-end-services, and digital enablers such as methodologies and frameworks to drive change across business and IT processes.

Deep industry expertise

CGI has long standing and focused practices in all of its core industries, providing clients with a partner that is not only an expert in IT, but also expert in their industries. This combination of business knowledge and digital technology expertise allows us to help our clients navigate complex challenges and focus on how to create value. In the process, we evolve the services and solutions we deliver within our targeted industries.

Our targeted industries include communications and media, banking, insurance, government, health & life sciences, manufacturing, retail & consumer, transportation and logistics, energy and utilities and space. While these represent our go-to-market industry targets, we group these industries into the following for reporting purposes: government; manufacturing, retail & distribution (MRD); financial services; communications & utilities; and health.

As the move toward digitization continues across industries, CGI partners with clients to help guide them in becoming customer and citizen-centric digital organizations.

Applied innovation

At CGI, innovation happens across many interconnected fronts. It starts in our everyday work on client projects, where thousands of innovations are applied daily. Through benchmark in-person interviews we conduct each year, business and technology executives share their priorities with us, informing our own innovation investments and driving our client proximity teams’ focus on local client priorities.

 

8


    

    

    

    

 

Since 1976, CGI is a trusted partner in delivering innovative, client-inspired business services and solutions. We help develop, innovate and protect the technology that enables clients to achieve their digital transformation goals faster, with reduced risk and enduring results.

We partner with clients to enable their business agility through a range of business and digital initiatives focused on human capital and culture practices, process automation, and data analytics. Technology is a key element of the value chains of organizations today. We help clients adopt and harmonize a number of technologies and services, such as cloud, automation, and managed services, to build agility, elasticity, security and resiliency into their technology supply chains.

Digital engagement with customers and citizens has taken on new importance. We help clients evaluate their work culture, organizational models, and performance management, as well as adopt modern collaboration and resilient business continuity plans.

Technology will continue to be at the heart of the future value chains that serve our clients’ consumers and citizens.

Quality processes

CGI’s clients expect consistency of service wherever and whenever they engage us. We have an outstanding track record of on-time, within-budget delivery as a result of our commitment to excellence and our robust governance model - CGI’s Management Foundation. CGI’s Management Foundation provides a common business language, frameworks and practices for managing all operations consistently across the globe, driving a focus on continuous improvement. We also invest in rigorous quality and service delivery standards (including ISO and Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) certification programs), as well as a comprehensive Client Satisfaction Assessment Program, with signed client assessments, to ensure high satisfaction on an ongoing basis.

1.2. VISION AND STRATEGY

CGI is unique compared to most companies, as our vision is based on a dream: “To create an environment in which we enjoy working together and, as owners, contribute to building a company we can be proud of.” This dream has motivated us since our founding in 1976 and drives our vision: “To be a global, world-class end-to-end IT and business consulting services leader helping our clients succeed.” In pursuing our dream and vision, CGI has been highly disciplined throughout its history in executing a Build and Buy profitable growth strategy comprised of four pillars that combine profitable organic growth (Build) and accretive acquisitions (Buy):

Pillar 1: Win, renew and extend contracts

Pillar 2: New large managed IT and business process services contracts

These first two pillars relate to driving profitable organic growth through the pursuit of contracts with new and existing clients in our targeted industries. Successes in these pillars reflect the strength of our end-to-end portfolio of capabilities, the depth of expertise of our consultants in business and IT, and the appreciation of the proximity model by our clients, both existing and potential.

Pillar 3: Metro market acquisitions

The third pillar focuses on growth through metro market acquisitions, complementing the proximity model, helping provide a fuller range of end-to-end services. We identify metro market acquisitions through a strategic qualification process that systematically searches for targets to strengthen our proximity model, leveraging strong local relationships with customers, and enhancing our industry expertise, services and solutions.

Pillar 4: Large, transformational acquisitions

We also pursue large acquisitions to further expand our geographic presence and critical mass, which enables us to compete for large managed IT and business process services contracts and broaden our client relationships. CGI will continue to be a consolidator in the IT services industry by being active on both of these last pillars.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 9


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Executing our strategy

CGI’s strategy is executed through a unique business model that combines client proximity with an extensive global delivery network to deliver the following benefits:

Local relationships and accountability: We live and work near our clients to provide a high level of responsiveness, partnership, and innovation. Our local CGI members speak our clients’ language, understand their business environment, and collaborate to meet their goals and advance their business.

Global reach: Our local presence is complemented by an expansive global delivery network that ensures our clients have 24/7 access to best-fit digital capabilities and resources to meet their end-to-end needs. In addition, clients benefit from our unique combination of industry domain and technology expertise within our global delivery model.

Committed experts: One of our key strategic goals is to be our clients’ partner and expert of choice. To achieve this, we invest in developing and recruiting professionals with extensive industry, business and in-demand technology expertise. In addition, a majority of CGI consultants and professionals are also owners through our Share Purchase Plan, which, combined with the Profit Participation Plan, provide an added level of commitment to the success of our clients.

Comprehensive quality processes: CGI’s investment in quality frameworks and rigorous client satisfaction assessments has resulted in a consistent track record of on-time and within-budget project delivery. With regular reviews of engagements and transparency at all levels, the company ensures that client objectives and its own targets are consistently followed at all times. This thorough process enables CGI to generate continuous improvements for all stakeholders by applying corrective measures as soon as they are required.

Corporate social responsibility: Corporate social responsibility is one of CGI’s core values. Our business model is designed to ensure that we are close to our clients and communities. At CGI, our members embrace our responsibilities to contribute to the continuous improvement of the economic, social and environmental well-being of the communities in which we live and work.

1.3. COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT

In today’s digital era, there is a competitive urgency for organizations across industries to become digital in a sustainable way. The pressure is on to modernize legacy assets and connect them to digital business and operating models. Central to this massive transformation is the evolving role of technology. Traditionally viewed as an enabler, technology is now recognized also as a driver of business transformation. The promise of digital creates an enormous opportunity to transform organizations end-to-end, and CGI is well-positioned to serve as a digital partner and expert of choice. We are working with clients across the globe to implement digital strategies, roadmaps and solutions that revolutionize the customer/citizen experience, drive the launch of new products and services, and deliver efficiencies and cost savings.

As the demand for digitalization increases, competition within the global IT industry is intensifying. CGI’s competition comprises a variety of players, from metro market companies providing specialized services and software, to global, end-to-end IT service providers, to large consulting firms and government pure-plays. All of these players are competing to deliver some or all of the services we provide.

Many factors distinguish the industry leaders, including the following:

• Depth and breadth of industry and technology expertise;

• Local presence and strength of client relationships;

• Consistent, on-time, within-budget delivery everywhere the client operates;

• Breadth of digital IP solutions;

• Ability to deliver practical innovation for measurable results;

• Total cost of services and value delivered; and

• Unique global delivery network, including onshore, nearshore and offshore options.

 

10


    

    

    

    

 

CGI is one of the leaders in the industry with respect to all of these factors. We are not only delivering all of the capabilities clients need to compete in a digital world, but the immediate results and long-term value they expect. As the market dynamics and industry trends continue to increase demand for enterprise solutions from global, end-to-end IT and business consulting services firms, CGI is one of few firms with the scale, reach, and capabilities to meet clients’ enterprise needs.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 11


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

 

2.

Highights and Key Performance Measures

 

2.1. FISCAL 2020 HIGHLIGHTS

 

 

Revenue of $12.16 billion, up 0.4% and essentially stable in constant currency;

 

 

Adjusted EBIT1 of $1,862.9 million, up 2.1% ;

 

 

Adjusted EBIT margin1 of 15.3%, up 20 basis points;

 

 

Net earnings of $1,117.9 million, down 11.5%;

 

 

Net earnings, excluding specific items2 of $1,300.1 million, down 0.4%;

 

 

Net earnings margin of 9.2%, down 120 basis points;

 

 

Net earnings margin, excluding specific items2 of 10.7%, down 10 basis points;

 

 

Diluted EPS of $4.20, down 7.7%;

 

 

Diluted EPS, excluding specific items2, of $4.89, up 4.0%;

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities1 of $1,938.6 million, up 18.6%, representing 15.9% of revenue;

 

 

Bookings of $11.85 billion, or 97.4% of revenue; and,

 

 

Backlog of $22.67 billion.

 

  1 

Includes the impact of the adoption of the IFRS 16 which is discussed in section 2.5. of the present document.

  2 

Specific items are comprised of acquisition-related, integration costs and restructuring costs net of tax, which are discussed in sections 3.7.1. and 3.7.2. of the present document. Prior year also includes a tax adjustment, discussed in section 3.8.1.

 

12


    

    

    

    

 

2.2. SELECTED YEARLY INFORMATION & KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES1

 

As at and for the years ended September 30,            2020                    2019                    2018           

 

Change
    2020 / 2019    

 

  

Change

    2019 / 2018    

In millions of CAD unless otherwise noted

              
 

Growth

              
 

Revenue

   12,164.1    12,111.2    11,506.8    52.9    604.4
 

Year-over-year revenue growth

   0.4%    5.3%    6.1%    (4.9%)    (0.8%)
 

Constant currency year-over-year revenue growth

   (0.1%)    5.9%    4.6%    (6.0%)    1.3%
 

Backlog

   22,673    22,611    22,577    62    34
 

Bookings

   11,848    12,646    13,493    (798)    (847)
 

Book-to-bill ratio

   97.4%    104.4%    117.3%    (7.0%)    (12.9%)
 

Profitability1

              
 

Adjusted EBIT2

   1,862.9    1,825.0    1,701.7    37.9    123.3
 

Adjusted EBIT margin

   15.3%    15.1%    14.8%    0.2%    0.3%
 

Net earnings

   1,117.9    1,263.2    1,141.4    (145.3)    121.8
 

Net earnings margin

   9.2%    10.4%    9.9%    (1.2%)    0.5%
 

Diluted EPS (in dollars)

   4.20    4.55    3.95    (0.35)    0.60
 

Net earnings excluding specific items2

   1,300.1    1,305.9    1,210.7    (5.8)    95.2
 

Net earnings margin excluding specific items

   10.7%    10.8%    10.5%    (0.1%)    0.3%
 

Diluted EPS excluding specific items (in dollars)2

   4.89    4.70    4.19    0.19    0.51
 

Liquidity1

              
 

Cash provided by operating activities

   1,938.6    1,633.9    1,493.4    304.7    140.5
 

As a % of revenue

   15.9%    13.5%    13.0%    2.4%    0.5%
 

Days sales outstanding

   47    50    52    (3)    (2)
 

Capital structure1

              
 

Net debt

   2,777.9    2,117.2    1,640.8    660.7    476.4
 

Net debt to capitalization ratio

   23.6%    22.9%    19.2%    0.7%    3.7%
 

Return on equity

   16.0%    18.5%    17.3%    (2.5%)    1.2%
 

Return on invested capital

   12.1%    15.1%    14.5%    (3.0%)    0.6%
 

Balance sheet1

              
 

Cash and cash equivalents, and short-term investments

   1,709.5    223.7    184.1    1,485.8    39.6
 

Total assets

   15,550.4    12,621.7    11,919.1    2,928.7    702.6
 

Long-term financial liabilities3

   4,030.6    2,236.0    1,530.1    1,794.6    705.9

 

1 

As of the periods ending December 31, 2019, figures include the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16, while previous years are not restated as indicated in section 7.

 

2 

Please refer to sections 3.7. and 3.8.3. of each year’s respective MD&A for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures for fiscal 2018 and 2019.

 

3 

Long-term financial liabilities include the long-term portion of the debt, long-term lease liabilities and the long-term derivative financial instruments.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 13


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

2.3. STOCK PERFORMANCE

LOGO

2.3.1. Fiscal 2020 Trading Summary

CGI’s shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) (stock quote – GIB.A) and the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (stock quote – GIB) and are included in key indices such as the S&P/TSX 60 Index.

 

TSX

   (CAD)      

NYSE

   (USD)

Open:

   105.01      

Open:

   79.00

High:

   114.49      

High:

   87.13

Low:

   67.23      

Low:

   46.32

Close:

   90.38      

Close:

   67.77

CDN average daily trading volumes1:

   986,534      

NYSE average daily trading volumes:

   240,724

 

1 

Includes the average daily volumes of both the TSX and alternative trading systems.

 

14


    

    

    

    

 

2.3.2. Normal Course Issuer Bid (NCIB)

On January 29, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and subsequently received regulatory approval from the TSX for the renewal of CGI’s NCIB which allows for the purchase for cancellation of up to 20,149,100 Class A subordinate voting shares (Class A Shares) representing 10% of the Company’s public float as of the close of business on January 22, 2020. Class A Shares may be purchased for cancellation under the NCIB commencing on February 6, 2020 until no later than February 5, 2021, or on such earlier date when the Company has either acquired the maximum number of Class A Shares allowable under the NCIB or elects to terminate the bid.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company purchased for cancellation 10,605,464 Class A Shares for $1,043.5 million at a weighted average price of $98.39 under the previous and current NCIB. The purchased shares included 6,008,905 Class A Shares purchased for cancellation from Caisse de dépôt et de placement du Québec for cash consideration of $600.0 million. The purchase was made pursuant to an exemption order issued by the Autorité des marchés financiers and is considered within the annual aggregate limit that the Company is entitled to purchase under its current NCIB.

As at September 30, 2020, the Company can purchase up to 10,037,936 Class A Shares for cancellation under the current NCIB.

2.3.3. Capital Stock and Options Outstanding

The following table provides a summary of the Capital Stock and Options Outstanding as at November 6, 2020:

 

Capital Stock and Options Outstanding    As at November 6, 2020   

Class A subordinate voting shares

   229,981,039   

Class B multiple voting shares

   28,945,706   

Options to purchase Class A subordinate voting shares

   8,849,802   

2.4. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

On December 18, 2019, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of SCISYS Group Plc (SCISYS). SCISYS operates in several sectors, with deep expertise and industry leading solutions in the space and defense sectors, as well as in the media and broadcast news industries and is headquartered in Dublin, Ireland. This acquisition added approximately 670 professionals to the Company, predominantly based in the U.K. and Germany.

On January 20, 2020, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Meti Logiciels et Services SAS (Meti). Based in France, Meti is specialized in the development of software solutions for the retail sector across Europe and works with some of Europe’s largest retailers. This acquisition added approximately 300 professionals to the Company.

On March 31, 2020, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of TeraThink Corporation (TeraThink). Headquartered in Reston, Virginia, TeraThink is an information technology and management consulting firm providing digitization, enterprise finance, risk management, and data analytics services to the U.S. federal government. The acquisition added approximately 250 professionals to the Company.

The Company completed these acquisitions for a total purchase price of approximately $273 million.

With significant strategic consulting, system integration and customer-centric digital innovation capabilities, these acquisitions were made to complement CGI’s proximity model and expertise across key sectors, including communications, retail, space and defense and government.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 15


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

2.5. IMPACT OF THE ADOPTION OF IFRS 16

On October 1st, 2019, the Company adopted IFRS 16, Leases, which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties in a lease agreement in replacement of International Accounting Standard (IAS) 17, Leases (please refer to section 7 of the present document).

The impacts on the adoption date on the consolidated balance sheet are presented in note 3 of our audited consolidated financial statements and consists primarily in the on-balance sheet recognition of our lease agreements of Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities.

For the year ended September 30, 2020, IFRS 16 adoption had an impact on our audited consolidated statements of earnings, presenting a decrease in cost of services, selling and administrative of $195.8 million, an increase in depreciation of $158.0 million for a net impact on adjusted EBIT of $37.9 million (discussed in section 3.6.) which is partially offset by an increase in finance costs of $32.0 million (discussed in section 3.7.3. of the present document).

In addition, section 4.1. of the present document presents the impact on the consolidated statement of cash flows which increased our cash provided by operating activities by $165.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2020, with the offset presented in cash used in financing activities. Section 4.5. of the present document presents the impacts to some of our capital structure ratios.

Finally, the adoption of IFRS 16 doesn’t have an impact on the Company’s external covenants and conditions related to its debts.

2.6. COVID-19

While we are unable to predict the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely impact our operations and financial performance in future quarters, our executive crisis management team and our network of local crisis management teams continue to closely monitor the evolving COVID-19 pandemic, executing on our business continuity plan and working collaboratively with our clients. We have established key guidelines and procedures related to security and access controls, member health screening, member isolation and quarantine, and facility infrastructure, maintenance and cleaning, to ensure that our workplace practices are in line with local government recommendations and requirements, as well as compliant with the appropriate standards of safety, health, wellness and required workplace readiness certifications. As of today, most of our members continue working remotely.

During the last two quarters of fiscal 2020, our revenues generally declined across our segments when compared to the same period last year. We experienced reduced demand for our services during the COVID-19 pandemic due to the slowdown of activities in some of our markets, particularly in the manufacturing, retail & distribution vertical market.

To mitigate the impacts of COVID-19 on our business, we have proactively implemented various cost reduction efforts to adjust our costs based on our revenue level, such as implementing our restructuring plan and reducing travel related expenses following government restrictions. Please refer to sections 3.4., 3.5.1., 3.6. and 3.7.2. for additional information.

The Company maintains a strong balance sheet and liquidity position. On April 2, 2020 the Company amended and restated its two-year unsecured committed term loan credit facility (the 2020 Term Loan) for a total principal amount of US$1,250.0 million.

Our highest priority remains the health and safety of our members and providing service continuity for our clients. CGI’s proximity-based business model and robust internal infrastructure limited the impact of confinement measures imposed in several countries and allowed the majority of our members to work remotely, ensuring service continuity to our clients.

 

16


    

    

    

    

 

3.

Financial Review

 

3.1. BOOKINGS AND BOOK-TO-BILL RATIO

Bookings for the year were $11.8 billion representing a book-to-bill ratio of 97.4%. The breakdown of the new bookings signed during the year is as follows:

 

 

LOGO

 

    

LOGO

 

    

LOGO

 

    

LOGO

 

   Contract Type            Service Type            Segment            Vertical Market   
A.    Extensions, renewals and add-ons    75%      A.    System integration and consulting    51 %      A.    U.S. Commercial and State Government    17%      A.    Government    36%
B.    New business    25%      B.    Managed IT and Business Process Services    49 %      B.    Western and Southern Europe    16%      B.    MRD    23%
                      C.    U.S. Federal    15%      C.    Financial services    21%
                      D.    Canada    12%      D.    Communications & utilities    13%
                      E.    Central and Eastern Europe    11%      E.    Health    7%
                      F.    U.K. and Australia    11%           
                      G.    Scandinavia    11%           
                      H.    Finland, Poland and Baltics    7%           

Information regarding our bookings is a key indicator of the volume of our business over time. However, due to the timing and transition period associated with managed IT and business process services contracts, the realization of revenue related to these bookings may fluctuate from period to period. The values initially booked may change over time due to their variable attributes, including demand-driven usage, modifications in the scope of work to be performed caused by changes in client requirements as well as termination clauses at the option of the client. As such, information regarding our bookings is not comparable to, nor should it be substituted for, an analysis of our revenue. Management however believes that it is a key indicator of potential future revenue.

The following table provides a summary of the bookings and book-to-bill ratio by segment:

 

 In thousands of CAD except for percentages  

 

Bookings for the year ended

September 30, 2020

 

  

 Book-to-bill ratio for the year

ended September 30, 2020

 

Total CGI

  11,847,704      97.4%  

Western and Southern Europe

  1,860,234      97.2%  

U.S. Commercial and State Government

  2,027,383      106.3%  

Canada

  1,443,508      78.9%  

U.S. Federal

  1,747,090      100.7%  

U.K. and Australia

  1,308,393      83.4%  

Central and Eastern Europe

  1,341,408      107.5%  

Scandinavia

  1,290,579      111.5%  

Finland, Poland and Baltics

  829,109      103.1%  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 17


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

3.2. FOREIGN EXCHANGE

The Company operates globally and is exposed to changes in foreign currency rates. Accordingly, as prescribed by IFRS, we value assets, liabilities and transactions that are measured in foreign currencies using various exchange rates. We report all dollar amounts in Canadian dollars.

Closing foreign exchange rates

 

 

 As at September 30,

 

                        2020    2019    Change  

 U.S. dollar

   1.3325    1.3246    0.6%  

 Euro

   1.5622    1.4446    8.1%  

 Indian rupee

   0.0181    0.0188    (3.7%)  

 British pound

   1.7216    1.6302    5.6%  

 Swedish krona

   0.1487    0.1347    10.4%  

 

 Average foreign exchange rates

 

              

 

 For the year ended September 30,

 

   2020    2019    Change  

 U.S. dollar

   1.3457    1.3270    1.4%  

 Euro

   1.5075    1.4970    0.7%  

 Indian rupee

   0.0183    0.0188    (2.7%)  

 British pound

   1.7152    1.6943    1.2%  

 Swedish krona

   0.1425    0.1426    (0.1%)  

 

18


    

    

    

    

 

3.3. REVENUE DISTRIBUTION

The following charts provide additional information regarding our revenue mix for the year:

 

LOGO

 

 

     LOGO

 

 

 

     LOGO

 

 

 

                 
   Service Type               Client Geography                 Vertical Market   
 A.    Managed IT and Business Process Services      54%        A.    U.S.      30%        A.      Government      34%  
 B.    System integration and consulting      46%        B.    Canada      15%        B.      MRD      24%  
           C.    France      14%        C.      Financial services      22%  
           D.    U.K.      12%        D.      Communications & utilities      13%  
           E.    Sweden      7%        E.      Health      7%  
           F.    Finland      6%               
           G.    Germany      6%               
           H.    Rest of the world      10%               

3.3.1. Client Concentration

IFRS guidance on segment disclosures defines a single customer as a group of entities that are known to the reporting entity to be under common control. As a consequence, our work for the U.S. federal government including its various agencies represented 13.8% of our revenue for Fiscal 2020 as compared to 12.8% for Fiscal 2019.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 19


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

3.4. REVENUE BY SEGMENT

Our segments are reported based on where the client’s work is delivered from within our geographic delivery model.

The table below provides a summary of the year-over-year changes in our revenue, in total and by segment before eliminations, separately showing the impacts of foreign currency exchange rate variations between Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019. The Fiscal 2019 revenue by segment was recorded reflecting the actual foreign exchange rates for that period. The foreign exchange impact is the difference between the current period’s actual results and the same period’s results converted with the prior year’s foreign exchange rates.

 

For the years ended September 30,                   

 

Change

 

 
      2020      2019      $      %  

In thousands of CAD except for percentages

           
 

Total CGI revenue

     12,164,115        12,111,236        52,879        0.4%  
 

Variation prior to foreign currency impact

     (0.1%         
 

Foreign currency impact

     0.5%           
 

Variation over previous period

     0.4%           
 

Western and Southern Europe

           
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     1,904,508        2,022,677        (118,169      (5.8%
 

Foreign currency impact

     6,969           
 

Western and Southern Europe revenue

     1,911,477        2,022,677        (111,200      (5.5%
 

U.S. Commercial and State Government

           
 

Revenue prior foreign currency impact

     1,836,637        1,834,917        1,720        0.1%  
 

Foreign currency impact

     26,830           
 

U.S. Commercial and State Government revenue

     1,863,467        1,834,917        28,550        1.6%  
 

Canada

           
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     1,685,511        1,768,924        (83,413      (4.7%
 

Foreign currency impact

     758           
 

Canada revenue

     1,686,269        1,768,924        (82,655      (4.7%
 

U.S. Federal

           
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     1,687,792        1,597,922        89,870        5.6%  
 

Foreign currency impact

     24,452           
 

U.S. Federal revenue

     1,712,244        1,597,922        114,322        7.2%  
 

U.K. and Australia

           
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     1,342,848        1,356,858        (14,010      (1.0%
 

Foreign currency impact

     15,621           
 

U.K. and Australia revenue

     1,358,469        1,356,858        1,611        0.1%  
 

Central and Eastern Europe

           
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     1,205,805        1,166,486        39,319        3.4%  
 

Foreign currency impact

     6,391           
 

Central and Eastern Europe revenue

     1,212,196        1,166,486        45,710        3.9%  
 

Scandinavia

           
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     1,125,868        1,095,330        30,538        2.8%  
 

Foreign currency impact

     (21,747         
 

Scandinavia revenue

     1,104,121        1,095,330        8,791        0.8%  
 

Finland, Poland and Baltics

           
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     774,211        787,640        (13,429      (1.7%
 

Foreign currency impact

     2,941           
 

Finland, Poland & Baltics revenue

     777,152        787,640        (10,488      (1.3%

 

20


    

    

    

    

 

For the years ended September 30,                     

 

Change

 

 
      2020        2019      $      %  

In thousands of CAD except for percentages

             
 

Asia Pacific

             
 

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

     688,211          606,252        81,959        13.5%  
 

Foreign currency impact

     (13,265           
 

Asia Pacific revenue

     674,946          606,252        68,694        11.3%  

    

             
 

Eliminations

     (136,226        (125,770      (10,456      8.3%  

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue was $12,164.1 million, an increase of $52.9 million, or 0.4% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue was essentially stable. Recent business acquisitions were offset by the slowdown of activities, primarily in the MRD, financial services and communications & utilities vertical markets, mostly as a result of COVID-19.

3.4.1. Western and Southern Europe

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our Western and Southern Europe segment was $1,911.5 million, a decrease of $111.2 million or 5.5% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $118.2 million or 5.8%. The change in revenue was due to the slowdown of activities mainly within the financial services, communications and utilities and MRD vertical markets, primarily as a result of COVID-19. This was partially offset by the Meti acquisition and growth within the government vertical market.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Western and Southern Europe vertical markets were MRD and financial services, generating combined revenues of approximately $1,186 million for the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.4.2. U.S. Commercial and State Government

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our U.S. Commercial and State Government segment was $1,863.5 million, an increase of $28.6 million or 1.6% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $1.7 million or 0.1%. The increase was mainly due to growth within the financial services vertical market and the state and local government market. This was in part offset by an adjustment due to a reevaluation of cost to complete on a project and lower work volume within the communications & utilities vertical market.

On a client geographic basis, the top two U.S. Commercial and State Government vertical markets were financial services and government, generating combined revenues of approximately $1,156 million for the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.4.3. Canada

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our Canada segment was $1,686.3 million, a decrease of $82.7 million or 4.7% compared to the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $83.4 million or 4.7%. The change was mainly due to the impact of COVID-19, lower work volumes and license sales within the financial services vertical market and a higher proportion of client projects transferred to our global delivery centers of excellence in Asia-Pacific.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Canada vertical markets were financial services and communications & utilities, generating combined revenues of approximately $1,138 million for the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.4.4. U.S. Federal

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our U.S. Federal segment was $1,712.2 million, an increase of $114.3 million or 7.2% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $89.9 million or 5.6%. The increase was driven by IP solutions, application support and cybersecurity services and recent business acquisitions. This was partly offset by lower transaction volumes related to our IP business process services, mainly due to the impact of the COVID-19 and adjustments on certain client contracts in the defense sector.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 21


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

For the year ended September 30, 2020, 82% of revenues within the U.S. Federal segment were federal civilian based.

3.4.5. U.K. and Australia

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our U.K. and Australia segment was $1,358.5 million, an increase of $1.6 million or 0.1% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $14.0 million or 1.0%. The change was mainly due to the non-renewal of certain infrastructure contracts and the successful completion of the build phase of a large project within the communications and utilities vertical market. This was mostly offset by growth within the space, defense and intelligence sector, in part driven by the SCISYS acquisition.

On a client geographic basis, the top two U.K. and Australia vertical markets were government and communications & utilities, generating combined revenues of approximately $1,108 million for the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.4.6. Central and Eastern Europe

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our Central and Eastern Europe segment was $1,212.2 million, an increase of $45.7 million or 3.9% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $39.3 million or 3.4%. The increase in revenue was primarily due to the Acando AB (Acando) and SCISYS acquisitions. This was partially offset by the impact of COVID-19, mainly within the MRD and financial services vertical markets, and a higher proportion of client projects transferred to our global delivery centers of excellence in Asia-Pacific.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Central and Eastern Europe vertical markets were MRD and communications & utilities, generating combined revenues of approximately $800 million for the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.4.7. Scandinavia

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our Scandinavia segment was $1,104.1 million, an increase of $8.8 million or 0.8% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $30.5 million or 2.8%.The increase was mainly driven by the Acando acquisition. This was in part offset by a slowdown of activities primarily within the MRD vertical market, related to the impact of COVID-19, as well as the non-renewal of infrastructure contracts.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Scandinavia vertical markets were MRD and government, generating combined revenues of approximately $870 million for the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.4.8. Finland, Poland and Baltics

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our Finland, Poland and Baltics segment was $777.2 million, a decrease of $10.5 million or 1.3% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $13.4 million or 1.7% due to the non-renewal of infrastructure contracts and the impact of COVID-19, in part offset by the Acando Acquisition.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Finland, Poland and Baltics vertical markets were government and financial services, generating combined revenues of approximately $473 million for the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.4.9. Asia Pacific

For the year ended September 30, 2020, revenue in our Asia Pacific segment was $674.9 million, an increase of $68.7 million or 11.3% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $82.0 million or 13.5%. The increase was mainly driven by the continued demand for our offshore delivery centers, predominantly within the financial services and communications & utilities vertical markets.

 

22


    

    

    

    

 

3.5. OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 For the years ended September 30,

 

  

2020

 

   

% of
        Revenue

 

    

2019

 

    

% of
        Revenue

 

    

$

 

   

%

 

 
 In thousands of CAD except for percentages                

 Costs of services, selling and administrative

     10,302,068       84.7%        10,284,007        84.9%        18,061       0.2%  

 Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (899     0.0%        2,234        0.0%        (3,133     (140.2%)  

3.5.1. Costs of Services, Selling and Administrative

For the year ended September 30, 2020, costs of services, selling and administrative expenses amounted to $10,302.1 million, an increase of $18.1 million over the same period last year. As a percentage of revenue, costs of services, selling and administrative expenses decreased to 84.7% from 84.9%. As a percentage of revenue, costs of services increased compared to the same period last year due to the impact of a lower proportion of IP license sales revenue and adjustments on client contracts. This was partly offset by lower performance based compensation and planned synergies achieved through the optimization and automation in our infrastructure business, as discussed in section 3.6. of the present document. As a percentage of revenue, selling and administrative expenses improved compared to the same period last year mainly due to actions taken to lower expenses in response to COVID-19 and lower performance based compensation.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the translation of the results of our foreign operations from their local currencies to the Canadian dollar unfavourably impacted costs by $50.3 million, partially offsetting the favourable translation impact of $61.0 million on our revenue.

3.5.2. Foreign Exchange (Gain) Loss

During the year ended September 30, 2020, CGI incurred $0.9 million of foreign exchange gains, mainly driven by the timing of payments combined with the volatility of foreign exchange rates. The Company, in addition to its natural hedges, uses derivatives as a strategy to manage its exposure, to the extent possible.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 23


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

3.6. ADJUSTED EBIT BY SEGMENT

 

                         Change          

 For the years ended September 30,

 

    

 

2020

 

 

 

    

 

2019

 

 

 

    

 

$

 

 

 

    

 

%

 

 

 

In thousands of CAD except for percentages            

 Western and Southern Europe

     264,009        275,535        (11,526      (4.2%

As a percentage of segment revenue

     13.8%        13.6%        

 U.S. Commercial and State Government

     295,795        333,210        (37,415      (11.2%

As a percentage of segment revenue

     15.9%        18.2%        

 Canada

     364,424        359,089        5,335        1.5%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

     21.6%        20.3%        

 U.S. Federal

     221,793        230,054        (8,261      (3.6%

As a percentage of segment revenue

     13.0%        14.4%        

 U.K. and Australia

     215,924        185,290        30,634        16.5%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

     15.9%        13.7%        

 Central and Eastern Europe

     122,548        100,244        22,304        22.2%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

     10.1%        8.6%        

 Scandinavia

     57,231        76,648        (19,417      (25.3%

As a percentage of segment revenue

     5.2%        7.0%        

 Finland, Poland and Baltics

     120,959        118,771        2,188        1.8%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

     15.6%        15.1%        

 Asia Pacific

     200,263        146,154        54,109        37.0%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

     29.7%        24.1%        

 Adjusted EBIT

     1,862,946        1,824,995        37,951        2.1%  

Adjusted EBIT margin

     15.3%        15.1%                    

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT margin increased to 15.3% from 15.1% for the same period last year. The increase was mainly due to lower performance based compensation, the $37.9 million impact of adoption of IFRS 16, as well as synergies achieved through the optimization and modernization of our infrastructure business. This was partly offset by adjustments on client contracts.

3.6.1. Western and Southern Europe

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the Western and Southern Europe segment was $264.0 million, a decrease of $11.5 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 13.8% from 13.6%, primarily due to lower performance based compensation, a decrease in amortization of client relationships, and to a lesser extent, the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16. This was partly offset by the slowdown of activities identified in the revenue section, primarily as a result of COVID-19.

3.6.2. U.S. Commercial and State Government

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the U.S. Commercial and State Government segment was $295.8 million, a decrease of $37.4 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 15.9% from 18.2%. The change in adjusted EBIT margin was mainly due to the impact of lower IP sales and solution revenue and an adjustment due to a reevaluation of cost to complete on a project. This was in part offset by lower discretionary expenses and fringe benefits due to COVID-19.

 

24


    

    

    

    

 

3.6.3. Canada

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the Canada segment was $364.4 million, an increase of $5.3 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 21.6% from 20.3%. The increase was mainly due to synergies achieved through the optimization and modernization of our infrastructure business and the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16. This was partly offset by the impact of lower IP license sales and service revenue.

3.6.4. U.S. Federal

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the U.S. Federal segment was $221.8 million, a decrease of $8.3 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 13.0% from 14.4%. Adjusted EBIT margin changed primarily due to lower business process services volumes, mostly related to COVID-19, lower profitability on defense client contracts and a litigation provision. This was partly offset by the favourable impacts of both a contract settlement and the adoption of IFRS 16.

3.6.5. U.K. and Australia

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the U.K. and Australia segment was $215.9 million, an increase of $30.6 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 15.9% from 13.7%, mainly due to adjustments on client contracts and the impact of the U.K. court ruling on pensionable services, both in the prior year.

3.6.6. Central and Eastern Europe

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the Central and Eastern Europe segment was $122.5 million, an increase of $22.3 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 10.1% from 8.6%. The increase in adjusted EBIT was driven by the benefits of synergies achieved through the integration of the prior year’s business acquisitions and lower performance based compensation. This was in part offset by the slowdown of activities in the MRD vertical market, mostly related to COVID-19.

3.6.7. Scandinavia

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the Scandinavia segment was $57.2 million, a decrease of $19.4 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 5.2% from 7.0%. The change in adjusted EBIT margin was mainly driven by a slowdown of activities, mostly related to COVID-19, the impact of excess capacity in our Swedish infrastructure business and additional costs related to the ramp up of new contracts. This was in part offset by the savings generated from the Restructuring Plan (see section 3.7.2. of the present document).

3.6.8. Finland, Poland and Baltics

For the year ended September 30, 2020 adjusted EBIT in our Finland, Poland and Baltics segment was $121.0 million, an increase of $2.2 million, when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 15.6% from 15.1% mainly due to lower discretionary expenses and the temporary payroll tax relief, both due to COVID-19, and lower performance based compensation. This was in part offset by the impact of lower work volumes, also in part due to COVID-19.

3.6.9. Asia Pacific

For the year ended September 30, 2020, adjusted EBIT in the Asia Pacific segment was $200.3 million, an increase of $54.1 million when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 29.7% from 24.1%. The increase in adjusted EBIT margin was mostly due to automation and other productivity improvements, cost reduction in transportation and facilities due to the COVID-19 shutdown, the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 and the favourable impact of our currency forward contracts.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 25


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

3.7. EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

The following table provides a reconciliation between our adjusted EBIT and earnings before income taxes, which is reported in accordance with IFRS:

 

                                                   Change          
 For the years ended September 30,      2020       
% of
    Revenue
 
 
     2019       
% of
    Revenue
 
 
     $       %    

In thousands of CAD except for percentage

                

Adjusted EBIT

     1,862,946        15.3%        1,824,995        15.1%        37,951       2.1%  

Minus the following items:

                

Acquisition-related and integration costs

     76,794        0.6%        77,417        0.6%        (623     (0.8%

Restructuring costs

     155,411        1.3%        —          —          155,411       —    

Net finance costs

     114,474        0.9%        70,630        0.6%        43,844       62.1%  

Earnings before income taxes

     1,516,267        12.5%        1,676,948        13.8%        (160,681     (9.6%

3.7.1. Acquisition-Related and Integration Costs

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company incurred $76.8 million, for acquisition-related and integration costs, acquisitions’ integration towards the CGI operating model. These costs were mainly related to terminations of employment and professional fees.

3.7.2. Restructuring Costs

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company incurred, as part of its cost reduction efforts in response to COVID-19, restructuring costs related to terminations of employment, primarily in France, Canada and Germany. The initiative is expected to help mitigate the adverse impacts of COVID-19.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company also announced a restructuring plan (the Restructuring Plan), mainly for the closure of our Brazil operations, the refocusing of the Portugal infrastructure business towards nearshore delivery and the optimization of the Sweden infrastructure business. These actions generated benefits throughout Fiscal 2020, as discussed in section 3.6. of the present document.

As a result, a total of $155.4 million was expensed during the year ended September 30, 2020.

3.7.3. Net Finance Costs

Net finance costs mainly include interest on our long-term debt. For the year ended September 30, 2020, the increase in net finance costs of $43.8 million was mainly due to the recognition of $32.0 million of interest expense on leases liabilities upon adoption of IFRS 16 and our 2020 Term Loan.

 

26


    

    

    

    

 

3.8. NET EARNINGS AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets out the information supporting the earnings per share calculations:

 

                         Change  

 For the years ended September 30,

 

    

 

2020

 

 

 

    

 

2019

 

 

 

    

 

$

 

 

 

   

 

%

 

 

 

In thousands of CAD except for percentage and shares data

          

Earnings before income taxes

     1,516,267        1,676,948        (160,681     (9.6%

Income tax expense

     398,405        413,741        (15,336     (3.7%

Effective tax rate

     26.3%        24.7%       

Net earnings

     1,117,862        1,263,207        (145,345     (11.5%

Net earnings margin

     9.2%        10.4%       

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

          

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (basic)

     262,005,521        272,719,309       

(10,713,788)

      (3.9%

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (diluted)

 

    

 

266,104,062

 

 

 

    

 

277,785,725

 

 

 

    

 

(11,681,663)

 

 

 

   

 

(4.2%

 

 

Earnings per share (in dollars)

          

Basic

     4.27        4.63        (0.36     (7.8%

Diluted

     4.20        4.55        (0.35     (7.7%

3.8.1. Income Tax Expense

For the year ended September 30, 2020, income tax expense was $398.4 million compared to $413.7 million over the same period last year, while our effective tax rate increased to 26.3% from 24.7%. The prior year effective tax rate was impacted by a tax adjustment from a settlement with the German tax authorities where the Company booked $115.5 million of additional corporate tax losses, and recorded a $18.5 million income tax recovery.

When excluding that tax adjustment and the tax effects from acquisition-related and integration costs and restructuring costs, the effective tax rate would have been 25.6% for both financial years. The effective tax rate excluding specific items is a non-GAAP measure that management believes is useful when comparing our performance to the prior year.

The table in section 3.8.3. shows the year-over-year comparison of the tax rate with the impact of specific items removed.

Based on the enacted rates at the end of Fiscal 2020 and our current business mix, we expect our effective tax rate before any significant adjustments to be in the range of 25.0% to 27.0% in subsequent periods.

3.8.2. Weighted Average Number of Shares

For Fiscal 2020, CGI’s basic and diluted weighted average number of shares decreased compared to Fiscal 2019 due to the impact of purchase for cancellation of Class A Shares, partly offset by the grant and the exercise of stock options. Please refer to notes 19, 20 and 21 of our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 27


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

3.8.3. Net Earnings and Earnings per Share Excluding Specific Items

Below is a table showing the year-over-year comparison excluding specific items namely, acquisition-related and integration costs and restructuring costs.

 

                       Change  

 For the years ended September 30,

 

     2020       2019       $       %  

 In thousands of CAD except for percentages and shares data

        

 Earnings before income taxes

     1,516,267       1,676,948       (160,681     (9.6%

 Add back:

        

Acquisition-related and integration costs

     76,794       77,417       (623     (0.8%

Restructuring costs

 

    

 

155,411

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

155,411

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 Earnings before income taxes excluding specific items

     1,748,472       1,754,365       (5,893     (0.3%

Margin

     14.4%       14.5%      

Income tax expense

     398,405       413,741       (15,336     (3.7%

Effective tax rate

     26.3%       24.7%      

Add back:

        

Tax deduction on acquisition-related and integration costs

     14,717       16,307       (1,590     (9.8%

Impact on effective tax rate

     (0.3%     (0.2%    

Tax deduction on restructuring costs

     35,278             35,278        

Impact on effective tax rate

     (0.4%          

Tax adjustment

           18,451       (18,451     (100.0%

Impact on effective tax rate

           1.1%      

 Income tax expense excluding specific items

     448,400       448,499       (99     —%  

Effective tax rate excluding specific items

     25.6%       25.6%      
        

Net earnings excluding specific items

     1,300,072       1,305,866       (5,794     (0.4%

Net earnings margin excluding specific items

 

     10.7%       10.8%      

  Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

        

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (basic)

 

     262,005,521       272,719,309         (3.9%

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (diluted)

 

     266,104,062       277,785,725         (4.2%

 Earnings per share excluding specific items (in dollars)

        

Basic

     4.96       4.79       0.17       3.5%  

Diluted

 

    

 

4.89

 

 

 

   

 

4.70

 

 

 

   

 

0.19

 

 

 

   

 

4.0%

 

 

 

 

28


    

    

    

    

 

4.

Liquidity

4.1. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

CGI’s growth is financed through a combination of cash flow from operations, drawing on our unsecured committed revolving credit facility, the issuance of long-term debt, and the issuance of equity. One of our financial priorities is to maintain an optimal level of liquidity through the active management of our assets and liabilities as well as our cash flows.

As at September 30, 2020, cash and cash equivalents were $1,708.0 million. The following table provides a summary of the generation and use of cash for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

 For the years ended September 30,

 

    

 

2020

 

 

 

   

 

2019

 

 

 

   

 

Change

 

 

 

 In thousands of CAD

      

 Cash provided by operating activities

     1,938,556       1,633,919       304,637    

 Cash used in investing activities

     (572,453     (950,809     378,356  

 Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     94,172       (629,109     723,281  

 Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     33,879       (24,261     58,140  

 Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

    

 

1,494,154

 

 

 

   

 

29,740

 

 

 

   

 

1,464,414

 

 

 

4.1.1. Cash Provided by Operating Activities

For the year ended September 30, 2020, cash provided by operating activities was $1,938.6 million or 15.9% of revenue compared to $1,633.9 million or 13.5% for the same period last year.

The following table provides a summary of the generation and use of cash from operating activities:

 

 For the years ended September 30,

 

    

 

2020

 

 

 

   

 

2019

 

 

 

   

 

Change

 

 

 

 In thousands of CAD

      

 Net earnings

     1,117,862       1,263,207       (145,345

 Amortization, depreciation and impairment

     565,692       392,301       173,391  

 Other adjustments1

     36,838       34,662       2,176  

 Cash flow from operating activities before net change in non-cash working capital items

     1,720,392       1,690,170       30,222  

 Net change in non-cash working capital items:

      

Accounts receivable, work in progress and deferred revenue

     256,986       21,859       235,127  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, accrued compensation, provisions and long-term liabilities

     12,193       (21,620     33,813  

Other2

     (51,015     (56,490     5,475  

 Net change in non-cash working capital items

     218,164       (56,251     274,415  

 Cash provided by operating activities

 

    

 

1,938,556

 

 

 

   

 

1,633,919

 

 

 

   

 

304,637

 

 

 

 

1 

Comprised of deferred income taxes, foreign exchange (gain) loss, loss on sale of business and share-based payment costs.

2 

Comprised of prepaid expenses and other assets, long-term financial assets, retirement benefits obligations, derivative financial instruments and income taxes.

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the increase in our cash provided by operating activities was mostly due to higher collection of receivables and the impact of $165.3 million coming from the change in presentation of the payment of leases resulting from the adoption of IFRS 16. This was partially offset by the timing of payables.

The timing of our working capital inflows and outflows will always have an impact on the cash flow from operations.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 29


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

4.1.2. Cash Used in Investing Activities

For the year ended September 30, 2020, $572.5 million was used in investing activities while $950.8 million was used over the same periods last year.

The following table provides a summary of the use of cash from investing activities:

 

 

 For the years ended September 30,

 

  

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 In thousands of CAD

      

 Business acquisitions and Investment in Acando AB

     (266,938     (620,014     353,076  

 Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (128,478     (162,061     33,583  

 Additions to contract costs

     (72,845     (60,191     (12,654

 Additions to intangible assets

     (114,112     (105,976     (8,136

 Net change in short-term investments and purchase of long-term investments

     9,920       (2,567     12,487  

 Cash used in investing activities

 

    

 

(572,453

 

 

   

 

(950,809

 

 

   

 

378,356

 

 

 

The decrease of $378.4 million in cash used in investing activities during the year ended September 30, 2020 was mainly due to the decrease in cash used in the prior year for the acquisition of Acando, as well as a decrease of investments in computer equipment and leasehold improvements. This was partially offset by an increase of investment in business acquisitions.

 

30


    

    

    

    

 

4.1.3. Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

For the year ended September 30, 2020, $94.2 million was generated from financing activities while $629.1 million was used over the same period last year.

The following table provides a summary of the generation and use of cash from financing activities:

 

 

 For the years ended September 30,

 

  

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 In thousands of CAD

      

 Net change in unsecured committed revolving credit facility

     (334,370     139,575       (473,945

 Payment of lease liabilities

     (175,320           (175,320

 Net change in long-term debt

     1,700,671       331,404       1,369,267  

 

     1,190,981       470,979       720,002  

 Repayment of debt assumed from business acquisitions

     (28,281     (2,141     (26,140

 Payment for remaining shares of Acando

     (23,123           (23,123

 Purchase of Class A subordinate voting shares held in trusts

     (55,287     (30,740     (24,547

 Settlement of derivative financial instruments

     (3,903     (554     (3,349

 Purchase and cancellation of Class A subordinate voting shares

     (1,043,517     (1,130,255     86,738  

 Issuance of Class A subordinate voting shares

     57,302       63,602       (6,300

 Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

    

 

94,172

 

 

 

   

 

(629,109

 

 

   

 

723,281

 

 

 

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company received through the 2020 Term Loan an amount of $1,764.7 million (US$1,250.0 million), had a net repayment of $334.4 million under our unsecured committed revolving credit facility, made scheduled repayments of senior unsecured notes in the amount of $65.9 million. In addition, we paid $175.3 million of lease liabilities, of which $165.3 million is related to the adoption of IFRS 16, and used $28.3 million to repay debt assumed from business acquisitions.

For the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company drew $139.6 million under the unsecured committed revolving credit facility and entered into a five-year unsecured committed term loan credit facility of $670.0 million (swapped into euro currency) which was in part used for the scheduled repayments of the Senior unsecured notes in the amount of $306.8 million, used to invest in business acquisitions and in the purchase for cancellation of Class A Shares.

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company paid $23.1 million to acquire the remaining 3.9% of outstanding shares of Acando.

For the year ended September 30, 2020, $55.3 million was used to purchase Class A Shares in connection with the Company’s Performance Share Unit Plans (PSU Plans) compared to $30.7 million during the year ended September 30, 2019. More information concerning the PSU Plans can be found in note 20 of the audited consolidated financial statements.

For the year ended September 30, 2020, $1,043.5 million was used to pay for the purchase for cancellation of 10,605,464 Class A Shares. During the year ended September 30, 2019, $1,130.3 million was used to purchase 12,510,232 Class A Shares for cancellation.

Finally, for the year ended September 30, 2020, we received $57.3 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options, compared to $63.6 million during the year ended September 30, 2019.

4.1.4. Effect of Foreign Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents had a favourable impact of $33.9 million. This amount had no effect on net earnings as it was recorded in other comprehensive income.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 31


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

4.2. CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

 

 As at September 30, 2020

 

  

 

            Available    

 

 

 In thousands of CAD

  

 Cash and cash equivalents

     1,707,985      

 Short-term investments

     1,473      

 Long-term investments

     22,612      

 Unsecured committed revolving credit facility1

     1,490,301      

 Total

     3,222,371      

 

1 

As at September 30, 2020, letters of credit in the amount of $9.7 million were outstanding against the $1.5 billion unsecured committed revolving credit facility.

As at September 30, 2020, cash and cash equivalents and investments represented $1,732.1 million.

Cash equivalents include term deposits, all with maturities of 90 days or less. Short-term investments include money market securities, with initial maturities ranging from 91 days to one year. Long-term investments include corporate and government bonds with maturities ranging from one to five years, with a credit rating of A- or higher.

As at September 30, 2020, the aggregate amount of the capital resources available to the Company was $3,222.4 million. The long-term debt agreements contain covenants, which require us to maintain certain financial ratios. As at September 30, 2020, CGI was in compliance with these covenants.

Total debt increased by $1,255.9 million to $3,587.1 million as at September 30, 2020 compared to $2,331.2 million as at September 30, 2019. The variance was mainly due to the additional $1,764.7 million (US$1,250.0 million) received through the 2020 Term Loan, partially offset by the change in the unsecured committed revolving credit facility of $334.4 million, by a foreign exchange translation impact of $77.1 million and by scheduled repayments of the Senior unsecured notes in the amount of $65.9 million.

As at September 30, 2020, CGI was showing a positive working capital2 of $1,280.2 million. The Company also had $1,490.3 million available under its unsecured committed revolving credit facility and is generating a significant level of cash, which CGI’s management currently considers will allow the Company to fund its operations while maintaining adequate levels of liquidity.

The tax implications and impact related to the repatriation of cash will not materially affect the Company’s liquidity.

 

2 

Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.

 

32


    

    

    

    

 

4.3. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We are committed under the terms of contractual obligations which have various expiration dates, primarily for the rental of premises, computer equipment used in outsourcing contracts and long-term service agreements. For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company increased its commitments by $1,319.5 million mainly due to the increase of long-term debt.

 

 Commitment type                     Total                Less than 1    1 - 3
                years
   3 - 5
                years
               More than 5    
   year    years    

 In thousands of CAD

              

 Long-term debt

   3,582,216    310,726    2,137,273    1,134,210    7   

 Estimated interest on long-term debt

   189,723    84,472    84,659    20,592   

 Lease liabilities

   876,370    178,720    280,259    202,565    214,826   

 Estimated interest on lease liabilities

   126,123    28,897    45,705    27,306    24,215   

 Long-term service agreements and other

   235,781    124,776    110,790    215   

 Total

   5,010,213    727,591    2,658,686    1,384,888    239,048   

4.4. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

We use various financial instruments to help us manage our exposure to fluctuations of foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Please refer to note 3 and 32 of our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information on our financial instruments and hedging transactions.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 33


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

4.5. SELECTED MEASURES OF CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

 

 

 As at September 30,

 

  

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

In thousands of CAD except for percentages

    

Reconciliation between net debt and long-term debt including the current portion:

    

Net debt

     2,777,928       2,117,229  

Add back:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,707,985       213,831  

Short-term investments

     1,473       9,889  

Long-term investments

     22,612       24,596  

Fair value of foreign currency derivative financial instruments related to debt

     (46,533     (34,338

Long-term debt (including the current portion) and lease liabilities1

 

    

 

4,463,465

 

 

 

   

 

2,331,207

 

 

 

Net debt to capitalization ratio

     23.6     22.9

Return on equity

     16.0     18.5

Return on invested capital

     12.1     15.1

Days sales outstanding

     47       50  

 

1 

As at September 30, 2020, long-term debt including the current portion was $3,587.1 million and lease liabilities were $876.4 million.

We use the net debt to capitalization ratio as an indication of our financial leverage in order to realize our Build and Buy strategy (please refer to section 1.2 of the present document for additional information on our Build and Buy strategy). The net debt to capitalization ratio increased to 23.6% in Fiscal 2020. When excluding the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16, the net debt to capitalization ratio would have been 17.6% in Fiscal 2020 down from 22.9% in Fiscal 2019, mostly due to higher capitalization mainly as a result of the 2020 Term Loan and a higher cash generation.

ROE is a measure of the return we are generating for our shareholders. ROE decreased to 16.0% in Fiscal 2020 from 18.5% in Fiscal 2019. When excluding the impact of IFRS 16, our ROE would have been 15.9% in Fiscal 2020. The decrease was mainly due to lower net earnings over the last four quarters.

ROIC is a measure of the Company’s efficiency in allocating the capital under our control to profitable investments. The return on invested capital ratio decreased to 12.1% in Fiscal 2020 from 15.1% in Fiscal 2019. When excluding the impact of IFRS 16, the ROIC ratio would have been 12.7%. The decrease in ROIC was mainly the result of lower net earnings excluding net finance costs after-tax over the last four quarters.

DSO decreased to 47 days at the end of Fiscal 2020 when compared to 50 days in Fiscal 2019. In calculating the DSO, we subtract the deferred revenue balance from trade accounts receivable and work in progress; for that reason, the timing of payments received from managed IT and business process services clients in advance of the work to be performed and the timing of payments related to project milestones can affect the DSO. The Company maintains a target DSO of 45 days.

4.6. GUARANTEES

In the normal course of operations, we may enter into agreements to provide financial or performance assurances to third parties on the sale of assets, business divestitures and guarantees on government and commercial contracts.

In connection with sales of assets and business divestitures, the Company may be required to pay counterparties for costs and losses incurred as a result of breaches in our contractual obligations, representations and warranties, intellectual property right infringement and litigation against counterparties, among others. While some of the agreements specify a maximum potential exposure, others do not specify a maximum amount or limited period. It is not possible to reasonably estimate the maximum amount that may have to be paid under such guarantees. The amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. The Company does not expect to incur any potential payment in connection with these guarantees that could have a materially adverse effect on its audited consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of business, we may provide certain clients, principally governmental entities, with bid and performance bonds. In general, we would only be liable for the amount of the bid bonds if we refuse to perform the project once we are

 

34


    

    

    

    

 

awarded the bid. We would also be liable for the performance bonds in the event of a default in the performance of our obligations. As at September 30, 2020, we had committed a total of $32.1 million for these bonds. To the best of our knowledge, we complied with our performance obligations under all service contracts for which there was a performance or bid bond, and the ultimate liability, if any, incurred in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

4.7. CAPABILITY TO DELIVER RESULTS

Despite the impact of COVID-19, as outlined in section 2.6 of the present document, CGI’s management believes that the Company has sufficient capital resources to support ongoing business operations and execute the Build and Buy growth strategy. Our principal and most accretive uses of cash are: to invest in our business (procuring new large managed IT and business process services contracts and developing business and IP solutions); to pursue accretive acquisitions; and to purchase for cancellation Class A Shares and pay down debt. In terms of financing, we are well positioned to continue executing our four-pillar growth strategy in Fiscal 2021.

To successfully implement the Company’s strategy, CGI relies on a strong leadership team, supported by highly knowledgeable members with relevant relationships and significant experience in both IT and our targeted industries. CGI fosters leadership development through the CGI Leadership Institute ensuring continuity and knowledge transfer across the organization. For key positions, a detailed succession plan is established and revised frequently.

As a Company built on human capital, our professionals and their knowledge are critical to delivering quality service to our clients. Our human resources program allows us to attract and retain the best talent as it provides competitive compensation and benefits, a favourable working environment, training programs and career development opportunities. Employee satisfaction is monitored annually through a Company-wide survey. Also, a majority of our professionals are owners of CGI through our Share Purchase Plan which, along with the Profit Participation Plan, allow them to share Company successes, further aligning stakeholders interests.

In addition to capital resources and talent, CGI has established the Management Foundation encompassing governance policies, organizational model and sophisticated management frameworks for its business units and corporate processes. This robust governance model provides a common business language for managing all operations consistently across the globe, driving a focus on continuous improvement. CGI’s operations maintain appropriate certifications in accordance with service requirements such as the ISO and the Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) certification programs.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 35


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

 

5.

Fourth Quarter Result (Unaudited)

5.1. BOOKINGS AND BOOK-TO-BILL RATIO

Bookings for the quarter ended September 30, 2020 were $3.5 billion representing a book-to-bill ratio of 118.8%. The breakdown of the new bookings signed during the quarter is as follows:

 

 

LOGO

 

       

LOGO

 

        

LOGO

 

        

LOGO

 

 

Contract Type

 

 

   

Service Type

 

 

    Segment

 

    Vertical Market

 

A.   Extensions, renewals and add-ons     78 %       A.   Managed IT and Business Process Services     57 %       A.    U.S. Federal     26 %       A.    Government     42 %  
B.   New business     22 %               B.    U.S. Commercial and State Government     14 %       B.    Financial Services     26 %  
        B.   System integration and consulting     43 %       C.    U.K. and Australia     14 %       C.    MRD     16 %  
                D.    Canada     13 %       D.    Health       8 %  
                E.    Western and Southern Europe     11 %       E.    Communication & Utilities       8 %  
                F.    Central and Eastern Europe     9 %           
                G.    Scandinavia       7 %           
                H.    Finland, Poland and Baltics       6 %           

The following table provides a summary of the bookings and book-to-bill ratio by segment:

 

 In thousands of CAD except for percentages   

Bookings for the three
months ended

September 30, 2020

 

    

Bookings for the year
ended September 30,

2020

 

    

Book-to-bill ratio for

the year ended
September 30, 2020

 

 

Total CGI

     3,474,148        11,847,704        97.4%  

Western and Southern Europe

     391,598        1,860,234        97.2%  

U.S. Commercial and State Government

     495,585        2,027,383        106.3%  

Canada

     458,330        1,443,508        78.9%  

U.S. Federal

     879,881        1,747,090        100.7%  

U.K. and Australia

     491,920        1,308,393        83.4%  

Central and Eastern Europe

     321,158        1,341,408        107.5%  

Scandinavia

     224,027        1,290,579        111.5%  

Finland, Poland and Baltics

     211,649        829,109        103.1%  

 

36


    

    

    

    

 

5.2. FOREIGN EXCHANGE

The Company operates globally and is exposed to changes in foreign currency rates. Accordingly, as prescribed by IFRS, we value assets, liabilities and transactions that are measured in foreign currencies using various exchange rates. We report all dollar amounts in Canadian dollars.

Closing foreign exchange rates

 

              

 As at September 30,

       2020          2019          Change  
              

 U.S. dollar

       1.3325          1.3246          0.6%  

 Euro

       1.5622          1.4446          8.1%  

 Indian rupee

       0.0181          0.0188          (3.7%

 British pound

       1.7216          1.6302          5.6%  

 Swedish krona

       0.1487          0.1347          10.4%  

Average foreign exchange rates

 

              

  For the three months ended September 30,

       2020          2019          Change  
              

 U.S. dollar

       1.3327          1.3205          0.9%  

 Euro

       1.5579          1.4689          6.1%  

 Indian rupee

       0.0179          0.0188          (4.8%

 British pound

       1.7215          1.6285          5.7%  

 Swedish krona

       0.1503          0.1378          9.1%  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 37


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

5.3. REVENUE DISTRIBUTION

The following charts provide additional information regarding our revenue mix for the quarter ended September 30, 2020:

 

  

LOGO

 

        

LOGO

 

         

LOGO

 

  

Service Type

 

   

Client Geography

 

    

Vertical Market

 

 

A.

  

Managed IT and Business Process Services

 

56%

   

A.

  

U.S.

 

31%

    

A.

  

Government

    

35%

 

B.

  

System integration and consulting

 

44%

   

B.

  

Canada

 

15%

    

B.

  

MRD

    

22%

 
        

C.

  

U.K.

 

13%

    

C.

  

Financial services

    

22%

 
        

D.

  

France

 

13%

    

D.

  

Communications & utilities

    

14%

 
        

E.

  

Germany

 

  6%

    

E.

  

Health

    

  7%

 
        

E.

  

Sweden

 

  6%

          
        

G.

  

Finland

 

  6%

          
        

H.

  

Rest of the world

 

10%

          

5.3.1. Client Concentration

IFRS guidance on segment disclosures defines a single customer as a group of entities that are known to the reporting entity to be under common control. As a consequence, our work for the U.S. federal government including its various agencies represented 14.5% of our revenue for Q4 2020 as compared to 13.7% for Q4 2019.

 

38


    

    

    

    

 

5.4. REVENUE BY SEGMENT

The following table provides a summary of the year-over-year changes in our revenue, in total and by segment, separately showing the impacts of foreign currency exchange rate variations between the Q4 2020 and Q4 2019 periods. The Q4 2019 revenue by segment was recorded reflecting the actual average foreign exchange rates for that period. The foreign exchange impact is the difference between the current period’s actual results and the current period’s results converted with the prior year’s average foreign exchange rates.

 

                                      Change          

 For the three months ended September 30,

 

      

 

2020

 

 

 

    

 

2019

 

 

 

      

 

$

 

 

 

    

 

%

 

 

 

In thousands of CAD except for percentages

               

Total CGI revenue

       2,925,560        2,959,230          (33,670      (1.1%

Variation prior to foreign currency impact

       (4.5%           

Foreign currency impact

       3.4%             

Variation over previous period

       (1.1%           

Western and Southern Europe

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       407,659        475,297          (67,638      (14.2%

Foreign currency impact

       25,405             

Western and Southern Europe revenue

       433,064        475,297          (42,233      (8.9%

U.S. Commercial and State Government

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       456,549        447,527          9,022        2.0%  

Foreign currency impact

       4,822             

U.S. Commercial and State Government revenue

       461,371        447,527          13,844        3.1%  

Canada

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       396,243        430,572          (34,329      (8.0%

Foreign currency impact

       512             

Canada revenue

       396,755        430,572          (33,817      (7.9%

U.S. Federal

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       427,140        416,713          10,427        2.5%  

Foreign currency impact

       4,236             

U.S. Federal revenue

       431,376        416,713          14,663        3.5%  

U.K. and Australia

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       328,405        337,964          (9,559      (2.8%

Foreign currency impact

       19,068             

U.K. and Australia revenue

       347,473        337,964          9,509        2.8%  

Central and Eastern Europe

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       289,263        293,196          (3,933      (1.3%

Foreign currency impact

       17,577             

Central and Eastern Europe revenue

       306,840        293,196          13,644        4.7%  

Scandinavia

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       218,593        260,367          (41,774      (16.0%

Foreign currency impact

       15,597             

Scandinavia revenue

       234,190        260,367          (26,177      (10.1%

Finland, Poland and Baltics

               

Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       167,945        176,327          (8,382      (4.8%

Foreign currency impact

       10,467             

Finland, Poland & Baltics revenue

       178,412        176,327          2,085        1.2%  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 39


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

                                        Change          

 For the three months ended September 30,

 

      

 

2020

 

 

 

      

 

2019

 

 

 

      

 

$

 

 

 

    

 

%

 

 

 

 In thousands of CAD except for percentages

                 

 Asia Pacific

                 

 Revenue prior to foreign currency impact

       177,440          156,388          21,052        13.5%  

 Foreign currency impact

       (5,855             

 Asia Pacific revenue

       171,585          156,388          15,197        9.7%  
                 
         

 Eliminations

       (35,506        (35,121        (385      1.1%  

We ended the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020 with revenue of $2,925.6 million, a decrease of $33.7 million, or 1.1% when compared to the same period of Fiscal 2019. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $132.9 million or 4.5%. Foreign currency rate fluctuations favourably impacted our revenue by $99.2 million or 3.4%. The change in revenue was mainly due to the slowdown of activities, primarily in the MRD, financial services and communications & utilities vertical markets, mostly as a result of COVID-19. This was partly offset by recent business acquisitions.

5.4.1. Western and Southern Europe

Revenue in our Western and Southern Europe segment was $433.1 million in Q4 2020, a decrease of $42.2 million or 8.9% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $67.6 million or 14.2%. The change in revenue was due to the slowdown of activities mainly within the financial services and MRD vertical markets, primarily as a result of COVID-19. This was partially offset by the Meti acquisition.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Western and Southern Europe vertical markets were MRD and financial services, generating combined revenues of approximately $266 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

5.4.2. U.S. Commercial and State Government

Revenue from our U.S. Commercial and State Government segment was $461.4 million in Q4 2020, an increase of $13.8 million or 3.1% compared to the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $9.0 million or 2.0%. The increase was mainly driven by growth within the financial services vertical market, including higher IP sales and service revenue. This was partly offset by an adjustment due to a reevaluation of cost to complete on a project and lower work volume within the communications & utilities vertical market.

On a client geographic basis, the top two U.S. Commercial and State Government vertical markets were financial services and government, generating combined revenues of approximately $279 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

5.4.3. Canada

Revenue in our Canada segment was $396.8 million in Q4 2020, a decrease of $33.8 million or 7.9% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $34.3 million or 8.0%. The change was mainly due to the impact of COVID-19, lower work volumes and license sales, all within the financial services vertical market, and a higher proportion of client projects transferred to our global delivery centers of excellence in Asia-Pacific.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Canada vertical markets were financial services and communications & utilities, generating combined revenues of approximately $281 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

5.4.4. U.S. Federal

Revenue in our U.S. Federal segment was $431.4 million in Q4 2020, an increase of $14.7 million or 3.5% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $10.4 million or 2.5%. The increase was driven by IP solutions, application support and cybersecurity services as well as recent business acquisitions. This was partly offset by lower transaction volumes related to our IP business process services, mainly due to the impact of the COVID-19 and certain adjustments on client contracts.

For the three months ended September 30, 2020, 84% of revenues within the U.S. Federal segment were federal civilian based.

 

40


    

    

    

    

 

5.4.5. U.K. and Australia

Revenue in our U.K. and Australia segment was $347.5 million in Q4 2020, an increase of $9.5 million or 2.8% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $9.6 million or 2.8%. The change was mainly due to the non-renewal of certain infrastructure contracts and the successful completion of the build phase of a large project within the communications and utilities vertical market. This was partly offset by the SCISYS acquisition.

On a client geographic basis, the top two U.K. and Australia vertical markets were government and communications & utilities, generating combined revenues of approximately $285 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

5.4.6. Central and Eastern Europe

Revenue in our Central and Eastern Europe segment was $306.8 million in Q4 2020, an increase of $13.6 million or 4.7% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $3.9 million or 1.3%. The change in revenue was mainly due to the impact of COVID-19, mainly within the MRD vertical market, and a higher proportion of client projects transferred to our global delivery centers of excellence in Asia-Pacific. This was partially offset by the SCISYS acquisition.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Central and Eastern Europe vertical markets were MRD and government, generating combined revenues of approximately $202 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

5.4.7. Scandinavia

Revenue in our Scandinavia segment was $234.2 million, a decrease of $26.2 million or 10.1% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $41.8 million or 16.0%. The decrease was mainly the result of a slowdown of activities primarely within the MRD vertical market related to the impact of COVID-19, as well as the non-renewal of infrastructure contracts.

On a client geographic basis, the top two Scandinavia vertical markets were MRD and government, generating combined revenues of approximately $180 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

5.4.8. Finland, Poland and Baltics

Revenue in our Finland, Poland and Baltics segment was $178.4 million, an increase of $2.1 million or 1.2% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased by $8.4 million or 4.8% mainly due to lower work volumes in the government vertical market, projects completed in the financial services vertical market and the impact of COVID-19. On a client geographic basis, the top two Finland, Poland and Baltics vertical markets were government and financial services, generating combined revenues of approximately $109 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

5.4.9. Asia Pacific

Revenue in our Asia Pacific segment was $171.6 million, an increase of $15.2 million or 9.7% over the same period last year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased by $21.1 million or 13.5%. The increase was mainly driven by the continued demand for our offshore delivery centers, predominantly within the financial services and communications & utilities vertical markets.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 41


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

5.5. ADJUSTED EBIT BY SEGMENT

 

       
                         Change  

 For the three months ended September 30,

 

    

2020

 

      

2019

 

      

$

 

      

%

 

 

 In thousands of CAD except for percentages

                   

 Western and Southern Europe

       59,742          74,832          (15,090        (20.2%

As a percentage of segment revenue

       13.8%          15.7%            

 U.S. Commercial and State Government

       66,474          68,161          (1,687        (2.5%

As a percentage of segment revenue

       14.4%          15.2%            

 Canada

       85,602          98,107          (12,505        (12.7%

As a percentage of segment revenue

       21.6%          22.8%            

 U.S. Federal

       58,073          59,490          (1,417        (2.4%

As a percentage of segment revenue

       13.5%          14.3%            

 U.K. and Australia

       55,749          44,230          11,519          26.0%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

       16.0%          13.1%            

 Central and Eastern Europe

       38,223          30,494          7,729          25.3%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

       12.5%          10.4%            

 Scandinavia

       7,805          11,835          (4,030        (34.1%

As a percentage of segment revenue

       3.3%          4.5%            

 Finland, Poland and Baltics

       32,931          32,072          859          2.7%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

       18.5%          18.2%            

 Asia Pacific

       52,964          38,236          14,728          38.5%  

As a percentage of segment revenue

       30.9%          24.4%            

 Adjusted EBIT

       457,563          457,457          106          —%  

Adjusted EBIT margin

       15.6%          15.5%                        

Adjusted EBIT for the quarter was $457.6 million a decrease of $0.1 million from Q4 2019. The adjusted EBIT margin increased to 15.6% from 15.5% for the same period last year, mainly due to lower discretionary expenses due to COVID-19, synergies achieved through the optimization and modernization of our infrastructure business, savings generated from the Restructuring plan and the $8.5 million impact of adoption of IFRS 16. This was partly offset by adjustments on client contracts.

5.5.1. Western and Southern Europe

Adjusted EBIT in the Western and Southern Europe segment was $59.7 million in Q4 2020, a decrease of $15.1 million when compared to Q4 2019. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 13.8% from 15.7% in Q4 2019, primarily due to the slowdown of activities identified in the revenue section. This was partially offset by lower performance based compensation.

5.5.2. U.S. Commercial and State Government

Adjusted EBIT in the U.S. Commercial and State Government segment was $66.5 million in Q4 2020, a decrease of $1.7 million when compared to Q4 2019. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 14.4% from 15.2% in Q4 2019. The change in adjusted EBIT margin was mainly due to an adjustment due to a reevaluation of cost to complete on a project and a litigation provision. This was in part offset by the impact of higher IP sales and solution revenue and lower discretionary expenses and fringe benefits due to COVID-19.

5.5.3. Canada

Adjusted EBIT in the Canada segment was $85.6 million in Q4 2020, a decrease of $12.5 million when compared to Q4 2019. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 21.6% from 22.8% in Q4 2019. The change in adjusted EBIT margin was mainly due to the impact of lower IP license sales and service revenue within the financial services vertical market and the reevaluations of costs to complete on projects. This was partly offset by synergies achieved through the optimization and modernization of our infrastructure business and the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16.

 

42


    

    

    

    

 

5.5.4. U.S. Federal

Adjusted EBIT in the U.S. Federal segment was $58.1 million in Q4 2020, a decrease of $1.4 million when compared to Q4 2019. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 13.5% from 14.3% in Q4 2019. The change in adjusted EBIT margin was primarily due to lower profitability and adjustments on isolated client contracts in the defense sector and lower business process services volumes, mostly related to COVID-19.

5.5.5. U.K. and Australia

Adjusted EBIT in the U.K. and Australia segment was $55.7 million in Q4 2020, an increase of $11.5 million when compared to Q4 2019. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 16.0% from 13.1% in Q4 2019. The increase in adjusted EBIT margin was mainly due to the favourable impact of a renegotiation on a client contract, lower discretionary expenses due to COVID-19 and the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16.

5.5.6. Central and Eastern Europe

Adjusted EBIT in the Central and Eastern Europe segment was $38.2 million in Q4 2020, an increase of $7.7 million when compared to Q4 2019. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 12.5% from 10.4% in Q4 2019 due to the benefits of synergies achieved through the integration of the prior year’s business acquisitions and lower performance based compensation. This was in part offset by the slowdown of activities in the MRD vertical market, mostly related to COVID-19.

5.5.7. Scandinavia

Adjusted EBIT in the Scandinavia segment was $7.8 million in Q4 2020, a decrease of $4.0 million when compared to Q4 2019. Adjusted EBIT margin decreased to 3.3% from 4.5% in Q4 2019. The change in adjusted EBIT margin was mainly driven by a slowdown of activities, mostly related to COVID-19, in part offset by the savings generated from the Restructuring Plan (see section 3.7.2. of the present document).

5.5.8. Finland, Poland and Baltics

Adjusted EBIT in our Finland, Poland and Baltics segment was $32.9 million, an increase of $0.9 million, when compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBIT margin increased to 18.5% from 18.2% mainly due to lower discretionary expenses and the temporary payroll tax relief, both due to COVID-19. This was mainly offset by the impact of lower work volumes in part due to COVID-19 and the prior year adjustments in performance based compensation accruals.

5.5.9. Asia Pacific

Adjusted EBIT in the Asia Pacific segment was $53.0 million in Q4 2020, an increase of $14.7 million when compared to Q4 2019, while the adjusted EBIT margin increased to 30.9% from 24.4% Q4 2019. The increase in adjusted EBIT margin was mostly due to automation and other productivity improvements, predominantly within the financial services and communications & utilities vertical markets, cost reduction in transportation and facilities due to the COVID-19 shutdown, the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 and the favourable impact of our currency forward contracts.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 43


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

5.6. NET EARNINGS AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets out the information supporting the earnings per share calculations:

 

       
                   Change  
 For the three months ended September 30,    2020      2019      $     %  

 In thousands of CAD except for percentage and shares data

          

 Adjusted EBIT

     457,563        457,457        106       0.0%  

 Minus the following items:

          

Acquisition-related and integration costs

     5,302        27,291        (21,989     (80.6%

Restructuring costs

     84,255               84,255        

Net finance costs

     30,424        17,824        12,600       70.7%  

 Earnings before income taxes

     337,582        412,342        (74,760     (18.1%

 Income tax expense

     85,668        88,253        (2,585     (2.9%

Effective tax rate

     25.4%        21.4%       

 Net earnings

     251,914        324,089        (72,175     (22.3%

Margin

     8.6%        11.0%       

 Weighted average number of shares

          

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (basic)

     258,210,169        268,135,727          (3.7%

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (diluted)

     261,790,231        273,090,564          (4.1%

 Earnings per share (in dollars)

          

Basic EPS

     0.98        1.21        (0.23     (19.0%

Diluted EPS

     0.96        1.19        (0.23     (19.3%

For Q4 2020, the income tax expense was $85.7 million compared to $88.3 million for the same period last year, while our effective tax rate increased to 25.4% from 21.4%. During the quarter ended September 30, 2019, the Company settled with the German tax authorities and booked $115.5 million of additional corporate tax losses and recorded a $18.5 million income tax recovery. When excluding that tax adjustment and tax effects from acquisition-related and integration costs and restructuring costs, the effective tax rate would have been 25.5% in Q4 2020, compared to 25.1% in Q4 2019. The increase in the effective tax rate was mainly attributable to less non-taxable R&D tax credits in the U.S. partly offset by a different geographical profitability mix mainly within our France and U.K. operations.

During the quarter, the Company did not purchase any Class A subordinate voting Shares for cancellation while 359,588 stock options were exercised.

 

44


    

    

    

    

 

5.6.1. Net Earnings and Earnings per Share Excluding Specific Items

Below is a table showing the year-over-year comparison excluding specific items, namely acquisition-related and integration costs as well as restructuring costs :

 

       
                  Change  
 For the three months ended September 30,    2020      2019     $     %  

 In thousands of CAD except for percentage and shares data

         

 Earnings before income taxes

     337,582        412,342       (74,760     (18.1%

 Add back:

         

Acquisition-related and integration costs

     5,302        27,291       (21,989     (80.6%

Restructuring costs

     84,255              84,255        

 Earnings before income taxes excluding specific items

     427,139        439,633       (12,494     (2.8%

 Income tax expense

     85,668        88,253       (2,585     (2.9%

Effective tax rate

     25.4%        21.4%      

 Add back:

         

Tax deduction on acquisition-related and integration costs

     1,210        3,467       (2,257     (65.1%

Impact on effective tax rate

            (0.5%    

Tax deduction on restructuring costs

     21,871              21,871        

Impact on effective tax rate

     0.1%             

Tax adjustment

            18,451      

Impact on effective tax rate

            4.2%      

 Income tax expense excluding specific items

     108,749        110,171       (1,422     (1.3%

Effective tax rate excluding specific items

     25.5%        25.1%      

    

         

 Net earnings excluding specific items

     318,390        329,462       (11,072     (3.4%

Net earnings excluding specific items margin

     10.9%        11.1%      

 Weighted average number of shares outstanding

         

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (basic)

     258,210,169        268,135,727         (3.7%

Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares (diluted)

     261,790,231        273,090,564         (4.1%

 Earnings per share excluding specific items (in dollars)

         

Basic EPS

     1.23        1.23              

Diluted EPS

     1.22        1.21       0.01       0.8%  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 45


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

5.7. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

As at September 30, 2020, cash and cash equivalents were $1,708.0 million. The following table provides a summary of the generation and use of cash and cash equivalents for the quarters ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

       
 For the three months ended September 30,    2020     2019     Change  

In thousands of CAD

      

Cash provided by operating activities

     492,000       405,214       86,786  

Cash used in investing activities

     (67,996     (94,730     26,734  

Cash used in financing activities

     (90,724     (307,835     217,111  

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     9,426       (13,969     23,395  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     342,706       (11,320     354,026  

5.7.1. Cash Provided by Operating Activities

For Q4 2020, cash provided by operating activities was $492.0 million compared to $405.2 million in Q4 2019, or 16.8% of revenue compared to 13.7% last year.

The following table provides a summary of the generation and use of cash from operating activities.

 

       
  For the three months ended September 30,    2020     2019     Change  

In thousands of CAD

      

Net earnings

     251,914       324,089       (72,175

Amortization, depreciation and impairment

     152,459       97,155       55,304  

Other adjustments 1

     22,957       6,971       15,986  

Cash flow from operating activities before net change in non-cash working capital items

     427,330       428,215       (885

Net change in non-cash working capital items:

      

Accounts receivable, work in progress and deferred revenue

     151,583       74,308       77,275  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, accrued compensation, provisions and long-term liabilities

     (14,054     (63,567     49,513  

Other 2

     (72,859     (33,742     (39,117

Net change in non-cash working capital items

     64,670       (23,001     87,671  

Cash provided by operating activities

     492,000       405,214       86,786  

 

1 

Other adjustments are comprised of deferred income taxes, foreign exchange (gain) loss, loss on sale of business and share-based payment costs.

2 

Comprised of prepaid expenses and other assets, long-term financial assets, retirement benefits obligations, derivative financial instruments and income taxes.

For the three months ended September 30, 2020, the increase in our cash provided by operating activities was mostly due to the timing of collection of receivables and the impact of $36.4 million coming from the change in presentation of the payment of leases resulting from the adoption of IFRS 16. This was partially offset by repayments of government deferral programs and the timing of income tax payments.

The timing of our working capital inflows and outflows will always have an impact on the cash flow from operations.

 

46


    

    

    

    

 

5.7.2. Cash Used in Investing Activities

For Q4 2020, $68.0 million was used in investing activities while $94.7 million was used in the prior year.

The following table provides a summary of the generation and use of cash from investing activities:

 

       
 For the three months ended September 30,    2020     2019     Change  

In thousands of CAD

      

Business acquisitions

     7,083       (14,876     21,959  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (31,513     (41,592     10,079  

Additions to contract costs

     (19,166     (12,679     (6,487

Additions to intangible assets

     (29,410     (26,421     (2,989

Net change in short-term investments and purchase of long-term investments

     5,010       838       4,172  

Cash used in investing activities

     (67,996     (94,730     26,734  

The decrease of $26.7 million in cash used in investing activities during the three months ended September 30, 2020 was mainly due to the decrease in cash used for business acquisitions, as well as a decrease of investments in computer equipment. This was partially offset by an increase in cash used in contract costs.

5.7.3. Cash Used in Financing Activities

 

       
 For the three months ended September 30,    2020     2019     Change  

In thousands of CAD

      

Net change in unsecured committed revolving credit facility

     1       (95,119     95,120  

Payment of lease liabilities

     (39,820           (39,820

Net change in long-term debt

     (57,613     (123,446     65,833  
     (97,432     (218,565     121,133  

Repayment of debt assumed in a business acquisition

     (38     (767     729  

Settlement of derivative financial instruments

     (3,903     1,380       (5,283

Purchase and cancellation of Class A subordinate voting shares held in trusts

           (106,143     106,143  

Issuance of Class A subordinate voting shares

     10,649       16,260       (5,611

Cash used in financing activities

     (90,724     (307,835     217,111  

During Q4 2020, we used $57.6 million to reduce our outstanding long-term debt mainly driven by scheduled repayments on Senior unsecured notes in the amount of $65.9 million, and we paid $39.8 million of lease liabilities, of which $36.4 million were related to the adoption of IFRS 16. During Q4 2019, we used $123.4 million to reduce our outstanding long-term debt mainly driven by scheduled repayments on Senior unsecured notes in the amount of $119.2 million and we repaid $95.1 million on the Company’s unsecured committed revolving credit facility.

During Q4 2020, we did not purchase Class A Shares for cancellation under the NCIB, while for the same period last year, we used $106.1 million to purchase Class A Shares for cancellation under the NCIB.

In Q4 2020, we received $10.6 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options, compared to $16.3 million during the same period last year.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 47


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

6. Eight Quarter Summary (Unaudited)

    

    

    

 

 

                 
  As at and for the three months ended,    Sep. 30,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Mar. 31,
2020
     Dec. 31,
2019
     Sep. 30,
2019
     Jun. 30,
2019
     Mar. 31,
2019
     Dec. 31,
2018
 

In millions of CAD unless otherwise noted

                     

Growth

                     

Revenue

     2,925.6       3,052.7       3,131.1        3,054.7        2,959.2        3,119.8        3,068.3        2,963.9  

Year-over-year revenue growth

     (1.1%)       (2.2%     2.0%        3.1%        5.7%        6.1%        4.0%        5.2%  

Constant currency year-over-year revenue growth

     (4.5%)       (3.5%     3.0%        4.8%        7.7%        6.6%        4.7%        4.5%  

Backlog

     22,673       22,295       22,994        22,292        22,611        22,418        22,947        23,338  

Bookings

     3,474       2,841       2,783        2,749        3,409        2,951        3,255        3,031  

Book-to-bill ratio

     118.8%       93.1%       88.9%        90.0%        115.2%        94.6%        106.1%        102.3%  

Book-to-bill ratio trailing twelve months

     97.4%       96.6%       97.0%        101.3%        104.4%        106.9%        112.9%        116.3%  

Profitability1

                     

Adjusted EBIT2

     457.6       448.0       483.2        474.1        457.5        474.2        454.1        439.2  

Adjusted EBIT margin

     15.6%       14.7%       15.4%        15.5%        15.5%        15.2%        14.8%        14.8%  

Net earnings

     251.9       260.9       314.8        290.2        324.1        309.4        318.3        311.5  

Net earnings margin

     8.6%       8.5%       10.1%        9.5%        11.0%        9.9%        10.4%        10.5%  

Diluted EPS (in dollars)

     0.96       1.00       1.18        1.06        1.19        1.12        1.14        1.11  

Net earnings excluding specific items2

     318.4       308.4       338.4        334.9        329.5        337.2        324.5        314.7  

Net earnings margin excluding specific items

     10.9%       10.1%       10.8%        11.0%        11.1%        10.8%        10.6%        10.6%  

Diluted EPS excluding specific items (in dollars)2

     1.22       1.18       1.26        1.23        1.21        1.22        1.17        1.12  

Liquidity1

                     

Cash provided by operating activities

     492.0       584.8       396.5        465.3        405.2        375.2        462.0        391.5  

As a % of revenue

     16.8%       19.2%       12.7%        15.2%        13.7%        12.0%        15.1%        13.2%  

Days sales outstanding

     47       48       51        49        50        52        49        54  

Capital structure1

                     

Net debt

     2,777.9       3,243.5       3,792.3        2,810.6        2,117.2        2,336.1        1,597.3        1,738.7  

Net debt to capitalization ratio

     23.6%       28.0%       34.8%        27.7%        22.9%        25.2%        17.4%        19.1%  

Return on equity

     16.0%       17.3%       18.0%        18.0%        18.5%        18.1%        17.7%        17.3%  

Return on invested capital

     12.1%       13.0%       13.9%        14.4%        15.1%        15.0%        14.9%        14.5%  

Balance sheet1

                     

Cash and cash equivalents, and short-term investments

     1,709.5       1,371.1       314.0        223.2        223.7        225.2        544.0        406.1  

Total assets

     15,550.4       15,343.3       14,597.2        13,863.6        12,621.7        12,813.9        12,709.4        12,872.5  

Long-term financial liabilities3

     4,030.6       4,363.5       3,889.1        2,766.3        2,236.0        2,421.3        2,007.3        2,070.9  

 

1 

As of the periods ending December 31, 2019, figures include the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16, while previous quarters are not restated as indicated in section 7.

 

2 

Please refer to sections 3.7. and 3.8.3. of each quarter’s respective MD&A for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures for the quarterly periods of 2019. For Fiscal 2019, please refer to sections 5.6. and 5.6.1. of each fiscal year’s MD&A.

 

3 

Long-term financial liabilities include the long-term portion of the debt, long-term lease liabilities and the long-term derivative financial instruments.

There are factors causing quarterly variances which may not be reflective of the Company’s future performance. There is seasonality in system integration and consulting work, and the quarterly performance of these operations is impacted by occurrences such as vacations and the number of statutory holidays in any given quarter. Managed IT and business process services contracts are affected to a lesser extent by seasonality. Also, the workflow from some clients may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on their business cycle and the seasonality of their own operations. Further, the savings that we generate for a client on a given managed IT and business process services contract may temporarily reduce our revenue stream from this client, as these savings may not be immediately offset by additional work performed for this client.

Cash flow from operating activities could vary significantly from quarter to quarter depending on the timing of monthly payments received from large clients, cash requirements associated with large acquisitions, managed IT and business process services

 

48


    

    

    

    

 

contracts and projects, the timing of the reimbursements for various tax credits as well as profit sharing payments to members and the timing of restructuring cost payments.

Foreign exchange fluctuations can also contribute to quarterly variances as our percentage of operations in foreign countries evolves. The effect from these variances is primarily on our revenue and to a much lesser extent, on our margin as we benefit, as much as possible, from natural hedges.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 49


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

7. Changes in Accounting Policies

    

    

    

    

 

The audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2020 include all adjustments that CGI’s management considers necessary for the fair presentation of its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

The following standards have been adopted by the Company on October 1, 2019:

IFRS 16 - Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases, to set out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a lease agreement. The standard supersedes IAS 17, Leases, and other leases related interpretations, eliminates the lessee’s classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases and introduces a single lessee accounting model. Lessees recognize a right-of-use asset representing its control of, and right to use, the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make future lease payments. The Company adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective method, with no restatement of comparative figures. The Company applied the new standard to contracts that were classified as leases under IAS 17 at the date of initial application. The right-of-use assets were recognized as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement date for real estate leases. For all other leases, the right-of-use assets were measured at an amount equal to the lease liability adjusted by the prepaid amount and the accrued lease payment related to the lease in the balance sheet as at September 30, 2019.

The Company made use of the following practical expedients available on transition date: the definition of a lease, the use of hindsight in determining the lease term, the exclusion of initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the transition date, the usage of a single incremental borrowing rate for a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics and adjusting the right-of-use assets for any onerous lease provisions as an alternative to an impairment review.

The adoption of IFRS 16 resulted in a material increase to the Company’s assets and liabilities through the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. Please refer to note 3 of our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 - Interest rate benchmark reform

In September 2019, the IASB has amended some of its requirements to address the uncertainty arising from the planned phasing out of interest-rate benchmarks such as interbank offered rates (IBORs). The amendments provide temporary relief from applying specific hedge accounting requirements affected by the interest rate benchmark reform. The amendments impact IFRS 9 Financial instruments, IAS 39 Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement and IFRS 7 Financial instruments: Disclosures. The amendments come into effect for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020 but early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt the Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 - Interest rate benchmark reform as at October 1, 2019 and applied retrospectively the reform to hedging relationship that existed on the application date and to the amount accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve at that date.

The Company has a debt expiring in December 2023 with a principal amount of US$500.0 million bearing interest based on the 1 month USD LIBOR rate. The debt has a carrying value of $666.3 million as at September 30, 2020. The Company has entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of US$500.0 million maturing on the same date as the debt (the hedging instruments) on which it receives interest based on the same 1 month USD LIBOR rate. The cross-currency interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedge for the debt.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company entered into the 2020 Term Loan for a total principal amount of US $1,250.0 million, please refer to note 32 of our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information. The 2020 Term Loan expires in March 2022, bears interest based on the 1 month USD LIBOR rate and has a carrying value of $1,665.6 million as at September 30, 2020.

 

50


    

    

    

    

 

For its hedges relationship, the Company assumes that the LIBOR interest rates used for the settlements on the debts and the swaps will continue to be available beyond the planned phase out date at the end of December 2021.

FUTURE ACCOUNTING STANDARD CHANGE

The following standards have been issued but are not yet effective as of September 30, 2020.

LIBOR reform with amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 29, IFRS 7 and IFRS 16

In August 2020, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform-Phase 2, which amends IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and IFRS 16 Leases. The amendments complement those issued in 2019 and focus on the effects on financial statements when a company replaces the old interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark rate as a result of the reform. The standard will be effective on October 1, 2021 for the Company. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its financial statements.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 51


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

8.

Critical Accounting Estimates

    

    

    

    

 

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements year ended September 30, 2020. Certain of these accounting policies, listed below, require management to make accounting estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and the accompanying disclosures at the date of the audited consolidated financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These accounting estimates are considered critical because they require management to make subjective and/or complex judgements that are inherently uncertain and because they could have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations.

The uncertainties around the COVID-19 pandemic required the use of judgements and estimates which resulted in no material impact, outside of restructuring costs, for the period ended September 30, 2020. The continued impact of COVID-19 could generate, in future reporting periods, a significant risk of material adjustments to the following items listed below.

 

  Areas impacted by estimates  

Consolidated
balance

sheets

       Consolidated statements of earnings     
          Revenue   Cost of
services,
selling and
administrative
  Amortization
and
depreciation
  Net finance
Costs
 

Income

taxes

Revenue recognition1

 

 

             

Goodwill impairment

 

                 

Right-of-use assets

 

               

Business combinations

 

 

           

Income taxes

 

                 

Litigation and claims

 

 

             

 

1 

Affects the balance sheet through accounts receivable, work in progress and deferred revenue.

Revenue recognition

Relative selling price

If an arrangement involves the provision of multiple performance obligations, the total arrangement value is allocated to each performance obligations based on its relative stand-alone selling price. At least on a yearly basis, the Company reviews its best estimate of the stand-alone selling price which is established by using a reasonable range of prices for the various services and solutions offered by the Company based on local market information available. Information used in determining the range is mainly based on recent contracts signed and the economic environment. A change in the range could have a material impact on the allocation of total arrangement value, and therefore on the amount and timing of revenue recognition.

System integration and consulting services under fixed-fee arrangements

Revenue from systems integration and consulting services under fixed-fee arrangements is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method over time, as the Company has no alternative use for the asset created and has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. The Company primarily uses labour costs or labour hours to measure the progress towards completion. Project managers monitor and reevaluate project forecasts on a monthly basis. Forecasts are reviewed to consider factors such as: changes to the scope of the contracts, delays in reaching milestones and new complexities in the project delivery. Forecasts can also be affected by market risks such as the availability and retention of qualified IT professionals and/or the ability of the subcontractors to perform their obligation within agreed upon budget and timeframes. To the extent that actual labour hours or labour costs could vary from estimates, adjustments to revenue following the review of the costs to complete on projects are reflected in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision occur. Whenever

 

52


    

    

    

    

 

the total costs are forecasted to be higher than the total revenue, a provision for an onerous revenue-generating contract is recorded.

Goodwill impairment

The carrying value of goodwill is tested for impairment annually or if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. In order to determine if a goodwill impairment test is required, management reviews different factors on a quarterly basis such as changes in technological or market environment, changes in assumptions used to derive the weighted average cost of capital and actual financial performance compared to planned performance.

The recoverable amount of each segment has been determined based on its value in use calculation, which includes estimates about their future financial performance based on cash flows approved by management. However, factors such as our ability to continue developing and expanding services offered to address emerging business demands and technology trends, a lengthened sales cycle and our ability to hire and retain qualified IT professionals affect future cash flows, and actual results might differ from future cash flows used in the goodwill impairment test. Key assumptions used in goodwill impairment testing are presented in note 12 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. Historically, the Company has not recorded an impairment charge on goodwill.

Right-of-use assets

Estimates of the lease term

The Company estimates the lease term in order to calculate the value of the lease liability at the initial date of the lease. Management uses judgement to determine the appropriate lease term based on the conditions of each lease. To determine the term, the Company considers all factors that create economic incentives to exercise an extension or a termination option. The extension or termination options are only included in the lease term if it is reasonably certain of being exercised. Management considers all facts that create incentive to exercise an extension option or not to take a termination option including leasehold improvements, significant modification of the underlying asset or a business decision.

Discount Rate for leases

The discount rate is used to determine the initial carrying amount of the lease liabilities and the right-of-use assets. The Company estimates the incremental borrowing rate for each lease or portfolio of leased assets, as most of the implicit interest rates in the leases are not readily determinable. To calculate the incremental borrowing rate, the Company considers its credit worthiness, the term of the arrangement, any collateral received and the economic environment. The incremental borrowing rates are subject to change mainly due to changes in the economic environment.

A change in the assumptions used to determine the lease term could result in a significant impact on the right-of-use assets and the lease liabilities presented in the consolidated balance sheet as well as in the depreciation of the right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities.

Business combinations

Management makes assumptions when determining the acquisition-date fair values of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed which involve estimates, such as the forecasting of future cash flows, discount rates, and the useful lives of the assets acquired.

Additionally, management’s judgement is required in determining whether an intangible asset is identifiable and should be recorded separately from goodwill.

Changes in the above assumptions, estimates and judgements could affect our acquisition-date fair values and therefore could have material impacts on our audited consolidated financial statements. These changes are recorded as part of the purchase price allocation and therefore result in corresponding goodwill adjustments if they occurred during the measurement period, which does not exceed one year. All other subsequent changes are recorded in our consolidated statement of earnings.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 53


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available for their utilization. The Company considers the analysis of forecast and future tax planning strategies. Estimates of taxable profit are made based on the forecast by jurisdiction which are aligned with goodwill impairment testing assumptions, on an undiscounted basis. In addition, management considers factors such as substantively enacted tax rates, the history of the taxable profits and availability of tax strategies. Due to the uncertainty and the variability of the factors mentioned above, deferred tax assets are subject to change. Management reviews its assumptions on a quarterly basis and adjusts the deferred tax assets when appropriate.

The Company is subject to income tax laws in numerous jurisdictions. Judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes as the determination of tax liabilities and assets involves uncertainties in the interpretation of complex tax regulations and requires estimates and assumptions considering the existing facts and circumstances. The Company provides for potential tax liabilities based on the most likely amount of the possible outcomes. Estimates are reviewed each reporting period and updated, based on new information available, and could result in changes to the income tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities in the period in which such determinations are made.

Litigation and claims

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The accrued litigation and legal claim provisions are based on historical experience, current trends and other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates include the period in which the underlying cause of the claim occurred and the degree of probability of an unfavourable outcome. Management reviews assumptions and facts surrounding outstanding litigation and claims on a quarterly basis, involves external counsel when necessary and adjusts the provision accordingly. The Company has to be compliant with applicable law in many jurisdictions which increases the complexity of determining the adequate provision following a litigation review. Since the outcome of such litigation and claims is not predictable with assurance, those provisions are subject to change. Adjustments to litigation and claims provisions are reflected in the period when the facts that give rise to an adjustment occur.

 

54


    

    

    

    

 

9.

Integrity of Disclosure

The Board of Directors has the responsibility under its charter and under the securities laws that govern CGI’s continuous disclosure obligations to oversee CGI’s compliance with its continuous and timely disclosure obligations, as well as the integrity of the Company’s internal controls and management information systems. The Board of Directors carries out this responsibility mainly through its Audit and Risk Management Committee.

The Audit and Risk Management Committee of CGI is composed entirely of independent directors who meet the independence and experience requirements of National Instrument 52-110 adopted by the Canadian Securities Administrators as well as those of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The role and responsibilities of the Audit and Risk Management Committee include: (i) reviewing public disclosure documents containing audited or unaudited financial information concerning CGI; (ii) identifying and examining material financial and operating risks to which the Company is exposed, reviewing the various policies and practices of the Company that are intended to manage those risks, and reporting on a regular basis to the Board of Directors concerning risk management; (iii) reviewing and assessing the effectiveness of CGI’s accounting policies and practices concerning financial reporting; (iv) reviewing and monitoring CGI’s internal control procedures, programs and policies and assessing their adequacy and effectiveness; (v) reviewing the adequacy of CGI’s internal audit resources including the mandate and objectives of the internal auditor; (vi) recommending to the Board of Directors the appointment of the external auditor, assessing the external auditor’s independence, reviewing the terms of their engagement, conducting an annual auditor’s performance assessment, and pursuing ongoing discussions with them; (vii) reviewing related party transactions in accordance with the rules of the NYSE and other applicable laws and regulations; (viii) reviewing the audit procedures including the proposed scope of the external auditor’s examinations; and (ix) performing such other functions as are usually attributed to audit committees or as directed by the Board of Directors. In making its recommendation to the Board of Directors in relation to the annual appointment of the external auditor, the Audit and Risk Management Committee conducts an annual assessment of the external auditor’s performance following the recommendations of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada. The formal assessment is concluded in advance of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders and is conducted with the assistance of key CGI personnel.

The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that material information relating to the Company is made known to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer by others, particularly during the period in which annual and interim filings are prepared, and that information required to be disclosed by the Company in its annual fillings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by the Company under Canadian and U.S. securities laws is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified under those laws and the related rules. As at September 30, 2020, management evaluated, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined under National Instrument 52-109 adopted by the Canadian Securities Administrators and in Rule 13 (a)-15(e) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as at September 30, 2020.

The Company has also established and maintains internal control over financial reporting, as defined under National Instrument 52-109 and in Rule 13(a)-15(f) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, and effected by management and other key CGI personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. However, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Management evaluated, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at September 30, 2020, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, management, under the supervision of and

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 55


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer as well as the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as at September 30, 2020.

 

56


    

    

    

    

 

10.

Risk Environment

10.1. RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

While we are confident about our long-term prospects, a number of risks and uncertainties could affect our ability to achieve our strategic vision and objectives for growth. The following risks and uncertainties should be considered when evaluating our potential as an investment.

10.1.1. External Risks

Economic and political risk

Economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate have a bearing upon the results of our operations, directly and through their effect on the level of business activity of our clients. We can neither predict the impact that current economic and political conditions will have on our future revenue, nor predict changes in economic conditions or future political uncertainty. The level of activity of our clients and potential clients may be affected by an economic downturn or political uncertainty. Clients may cancel, reduce or defer existing contracts and delay entering into new engagements and may decide to undertake fewer IT systems projects resulting in limited implementation of new technology and smaller engagements. Since there may be fewer engagements, competition may increase and pricing for services may decline as competitors may decrease rates to maintain or increase their market share in our industry and this may trigger pricing adjustments related to the benchmarking obligations within our contracts. Economic downturns and political uncertainty makes it more difficult to meet business objectives and may divert management’s attention and time from operating and growing our business. Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be negatively affected as a result of these factors.

Other external risks

Additional external risks that could adversely impact the markets in which we operate, our industry and our business include terrorism, armed conflict, labour or social unrest, criminal activity, regional and international hostilities and international responses to these hostilities, and disease, illness or health emergencies that affect local, national or international economies. Additionally, the potential impacts of climate change are unpredictable and natural disasters, sea-level rise, floods, droughts or other weather-related events present additional external risks. Climate change risks can arise from physical risks (risks related to the physical effects of climate change) and transition risks (risks related to regulatory, legal, technological and market changes from a transition to a low-carbon economy) which may affect us or affect the financial viability of our clients leading to a reduction of demand and loss of business from such clients. Each of these risks could negatively impact our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Pandemic risks

A pandemic, including the COVID-19 pandemic, can create significant volatility and uncertainty and economic disruption. A pandemic poses the risk that our members, clients, contractors and business partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period, including the transmission of the disease or due to emergency measures or restrictions that may be requested or mandated by governmental authorities. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus, including the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing. Companies are also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions and temporarily closing businesses. These emergency measures and restrictions, and future measures and restrictions taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic or other pandemics, have and may cause, material disruptions to businesses globally and are likely to have an adverse impact on global economic conditions and consumer confidence and spending, which could materially adversely affect our business. A pandemic, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may affect the financial viability of our clients, and could cause them to exit certain business lines, or change the terms on which they are willing to purchase services and solutions. Clients may also slow down decision-making, delay planned work, seek to terminate existing agreements, not renew existing agreements or be unable to pay us in accordance

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 57


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

with the terms of existing agreements. As a result of increased remote working arrangements due to a pandemic, the exposure to, and reliance on, networked systems and the internet can increase. This can lead to increased risk and frequency of cybersecurity incidents. Cybersecurity incidents can result from unintentional events or deliberate attacks by insiders or third parties, including cybercriminals, competitors, nation-states, and hacktivists. Any of these events could cause or contribute to risk and uncertainty and could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, global equity and capital markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic are unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our future business, including our operations and the market for our securities, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time, and include the duration, severity and scope of the outbreak and the actions taken to contain or treat the COVID-19 pandemic. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments or the negative impact on our financial results, share price and financial condition in future periods. Many of the risks, uncertainties and other risk factors identified are, and will be, amplified by the COVID-19 pandemic.

10.1.2. Risks Related to our Industry

The competition for contracts

CGI operates in a global marketplace in which competition among providers of IT services is vigorous. Some of our competitors possess greater financial, marketing and sales resources, and larger geographic scope in certain parts of the world than we do, which, in turn, provides them with additional leverage in the competition for contracts. In certain niche, regional or metropolitan markets, we face smaller competitors with specialized capabilities who may be able to provide competing services with greater economic efficiency. Some of our competitors have more significant operations than we do in lower cost countries that can serve as a platform from which to provide services worldwide on terms that may be more favourable. Increased competition among IT services firms often results in corresponding pressure on prices. There can be no assurance that we will succeed in providing competitively priced services at levels of service and quality that will enable us to maintain and grow our market share.

We derive significant revenue from contracts awarded through competitive bidding processes, which limit the Company’s ability to negotiate certain contractual terms and conditions. Risks related to competitive bidding processes also involve substantial cost and managerial time and effort spent by the Company to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may or may not be awarded to the Company, as well as expenses and delays that may arise if the Company’s competitors protest or challenge awards made to the Company pursuant to competitive bidding processes.

The availability and retention of qualified IT professionals

There is strong demand for qualified individuals in the IT industry. Hiring and retaining a sufficient amount of individuals with the desired knowledge and skill set may be difficult. Therefore, it is important that we remain able to successfully attract and retain highly qualified professionals and establish an effective succession plan. If our comprehensive programs aimed at attracting and retaining qualified and dedicated professionals do not ensure that we have staff in sufficient numbers and with the appropriate training, expertise and suitable government security clearances required to serve the needs of our clients, we may have to rely on subcontractors or transfers of staff to fill resulting gaps. If our succession plan fails to identify those with potential or to develop these key individuals, we may be unable to replace key members who retire or leave the Company and may be required to recruit and/or train new employees. This might result in lost revenue or increased costs, thereby putting pressure on our net earnings.

The ability to continue developing and expanding service offerings to address emerging business demands and technology trends

The rapid pace of change in all aspects of IT and the continually declining costs of acquiring and maintaining IT infrastructure mean that we must anticipate changes in our clients’ needs. To do so, we must adapt our services and our solutions so that

 

58


    

    

    

    

 

we maintain and improve our competitive advantage and remain able to provide cost effective services and solutions. The markets in which we operate are extremely competitive and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in developing and adapting our business in a timely manner nor that we will be able to penetrate new markets successfully. If we do not keep pace, our ability to retain existing clients and gain new business may be adversely affected. This may result in pressure on our revenue, net earnings and resulting cash flow from operations.

Infringing on the intellectual property rights of others

Despite our efforts, the steps we take to ensure that our services and offerings do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties may not be adequate to prevent infringement and, as a result, claims may be asserted against us or our clients. We enter into licensing agreements for the right to use intellectual property and may otherwise offer indemnities against liability and damages arising from third-party claims of patent, copyright, trademark or trade secret infringement in respect of our own intellectual property or software or other solutions developed for our clients. In some instances, the amount of these indemnity claims could be greater than the revenue we receive from the client (see guarantees risk). Intellectual property claims or litigation could be time-consuming and costly, harm our reputation, require us to enter into additional royalty or licensing arrangements, or prevent us from providing some solutions or services. Any limitation on our ability to sell or use solutions or services that incorporate software or technologies that are the subject of a claim could cause us to lose revenue-generating opportunities or require us to incur additional expenses to modify solutions for future projects.

Protecting our intellectual property rights

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary methodologies, processes, know-how, tools, techniques and other intellectual property that we use to provide our services. Although CGI takes reasonable steps (e.g. available copyright protection and, in some cases, patent protection) to protect and enforce its intellectual property rights, there is no assurance that such measures will be enforceable or adequate. The cost of enforcing our rights can be substantial and, in certain cases, may prove to be uneconomic. In addition, the laws of some countries in which we conduct business may offer only limited intellectual property rights protection. Despite our efforts, the steps taken to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or other misappropriation of intellectual property, and we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property, or take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights.

Benchmarking provisions within certain contracts

Some of our managed IT and business process services contracts contain clauses allowing our clients to externally benchmark the pricing of agreed upon services against those offered by other providers in a peer comparison group. The uniqueness of the client environment should be factored in and, if results indicate a difference outside the agreed upon tolerance, we may be required to work with clients to reset the pricing for their services. There can be no assurance that benchmarks will produce accurate or reliable data, including pricing data. This may result in pressure on our revenue, net earnings and resulting cash flow from operations.

10.1.3. Risks Related to our Business

Risks associated with our growth strategy

CGI’s Build and Buy strategy is founded on four pillars of growth: first, organic growth through smaller contract wins, renewals and extensions in the areas of managed IT and business process services and system integration; second, the pursuit of new large long-term managed IT and business process services contracts; third, acquisitions of smaller firms or niche players; and fourth, large transformational acquisitions.

Our ability to achieve organic growth is affected by a number of factors outside of our control, including a lengthening of our sales cycle for major managed IT and business process services contracts.

Our ability to grow through niche and transformational acquisitions requires that we identify suitable acquisition targets that we correctly evaluate their potential as transactions that will meet our financial and operational objectives, and that we successfully integrate them into our business. There can, however, be no assurance that we will be able to identify suitable

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 59


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

acquisition targets and consummate additional acquisitions that meet our economic thresholds, or that future acquisitions will be successfully integrated into our operations and yield the tangible accretive value that had been expected.

If we are unable to implement our Build and Buy strategy, we will likely be unable to maintain our historic or expected growth rates.

The variability of financial results

Our ability to maintain and increase our revenue is affected not only by our success in implementing our Build and Buy strategy, but also by a number of other factors, which could cause the Company’s financial results to fluctuate. These factors include: (i) our ability to introduce and deliver new services and business solutions; (ii) our potential exposure to a lengthened sales cycle; (iii) the cyclicality of the purchases of our technology services and solutions; (iv) the nature of our client’s business (for example, if a client encounters financial difficulty (including as a result of external risks such as climate change or a pandemic), it may be forced to cancel, reduce or defer existing contracts with us); and (v) the structure of our agreements with clients (for example, some of CGI’s agreements with clients contain clauses allowing the clients to benchmark the pricing of services provided by CGI against the prices offered by other providers). These, and other factors, make it difficult to predict financial results for any given period.

Business mix variations

The proportion of revenue that we generate from shorter-term system integration and consulting projects (SI&C), versus revenue from long-term managed IT and business process services contracts, will fluctuate at times, affected by acquisitions or other transactions. An increased exposure to revenue from SI&C projects may result in greater quarterly revenue variations, as the revenue from SI&C projects does not provide long-term consistency in revenue.

The financial and operational risks inherent in worldwide operations

We manage operations in numerous countries around the world including offshore delivery centers. The scope of our operations (including our offshore delivery centers) subjects us to issues that can negatively impact our operations, including: currency fluctuations (see foreign exchange risk); the burden of complying with a wide variety of national and local laws (see regulatory risk); the differences in and uncertainties arising from local business culture and practices; and political, social and economic instability. Any or all of these risks could impact our global business operations and cause our profitability to decline.

Organizational challenges associated with our size

Our culture, standards, core values, internal controls and our policies need to be instilled across newly acquired businesses as well as maintained within our existing operations. To effectively communicate and manage these standards throughout a large global organization is both challenging and time consuming. Newly acquired businesses may be resistant to change and may remain attached to past methods, standards and practices which may compromise our business agility in pursuing opportunities. Cultural differences in various countries may also present barriers to introducing new ideas or aligning our vision and strategy with the rest of the organization. If we cannot overcome these obstacles in maintaining a strategic bond throughout the Company worldwide, we may not be able to achieve our growth and profitability objectives.

Taxes and tax credit programs

In estimating our income tax payable, management uses accounting principles to determine income tax positions that are likely to be sustained by applicable tax authorities. However, there is no assurance that our tax benefits or tax liability will not materially differ from our estimates or expectations. The tax legislation, regulation and interpretation that apply to our operations are continually changing. In addition, future tax benefits and liabilities are dependent on factors that are inherently uncertain and subject to change, including future earnings, future tax rates, and anticipated business mix in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Moreover, our tax returns are continually subject to review by applicable tax authorities and we are subject to ongoing audits, investigations and tax proceedings in various jurisdictions. These tax authorities determine the actual amounts of taxes payable or receivable, of any future tax benefits or liabilities and of income tax expense that we may ultimately recognize. Tax authorities have disagreed and may in the future disagree with our income tax positions and are taking increasingly aggressive positions in respect of income tax positions, including with respect to intercompany transactions.

 

60


    

    

    

    

 

Our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by challenges to intercompany transactions, changes in the value of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax law or in their interpretation or enforcement, changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, the expiration of tax benefits and changes in accounting principles. Tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate may change as a result of shifting economic conditions and tax policies.

A number of countries in which the Company does business have implemented, or are considering implementing, changes in relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations and interpretations and the overall tax environment has made it increasingly challenging for multinational corporations to operate with certainty about taxation in many jurisdictions.

Any of the above factors could have a material adverse effect on our net income or cash flow by affecting our operations and profitability, our effective tax rate, the availability of tax credits, the cost of the services we provide, and the availability of deductions for operating losses.

Benefits obtained from government sponsored programs

We benefit from government sponsored programs designed to support research and development, labour and economic growth in jurisdictions where we operate. Government programs reflect government policy and depend on various political and economic factors. There can be no assurance that such government programs will continue to be available to the Company in the future, or will not be reduced, amended or eliminated. Any future government program reductions or eliminations or other amendments to the tax credit programs could increase operating or capital expenditures incurred by the Company and have a material adverse effect on its net earnings or cash flow.

Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable and work in progress

In order to sustain our cash flow from operations, we must invoice and collect the amounts owed to us in an efficient and timely manner. Although we maintain provisions to account for anticipated shortfalls in amounts collected from clients, the provisions we take are based on management estimates and on our assessment of our clients’ creditworthiness which may prove to be inadequate in the light of actual results. To the extent that we fail to perform our services in accordance with our contracts and our clients’ reasonable expectations, and to the extent that we fail to invoice clients and to collect the amounts owed to the Company for our services correctly in a timely manner, our collections could suffer, which could materially adversely affect our revenue, net earnings and cash flow. In addition, a prolonged economic downturn may cause clients to curtail or defer projects, impair their ability to pay for services already provided, and ultimately cause them to default on existing contracts, in each case, causing a shortfall in revenue and impairing our future prospects.

Material developments regarding major commercial clients resulting from such causes as changes in financial condition, mergers or business acquisitions

Consolidation among our clients resulting from mergers and acquisitions may result in loss or reduction of business when the successor business’ IT needs are served by another service provider or are provided by the successor company’s own personnel. Growth in a client’s IT needs resulting from acquisitions or operations may mean that we no longer have a sufficient geographic scope or the critical mass to serve the client’s needs efficiently, resulting in the loss of the client’s business and impairing our future prospects. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve the objectives of our growth strategy in order to maintain and increase our geographic scope and critical mass in our targeted markets.

Early termination risk

If we should fail to deliver our services according to contractual agreements, some of our clients could elect to terminate contracts before their agreed expiry date, which would result in a reduction of our earnings and cash flow and may impact the value of our backlog of orders. In addition, a number of our managed IT and business process services contractual agreements have termination for convenience and change of control clauses according to which a change in the client’s intentions or a change in control of CGI could lead to a termination of these agreements. Early contract termination can also result from the exercise of a legal right or when circumstances that are beyond our control or beyond the control of our client prevent the contract from continuing. In cases of early termination, we may not be able to recover capitalized contract costs and we may not be able to eliminate ongoing costs incurred to support the contract.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 61


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Cost estimation risks

In order to generate acceptable margins, our pricing for services is dependent on our ability to accurately estimate the costs and timing for completing projects or long-term managed IT and business process services contracts, which can be based on a client’s bid specification, sometimes in advance of the final determination of the full scope and design of the contract. In addition, a significant portion of our project-oriented contracts are performed on a fixed-price basis. Billing for fixed-price engagements is carried out in accordance with the contract terms agreed upon with our client, and revenue is recognized based on the percentage of effort incurred to date in relation to the total estimated efforts to be incurred over the duration of the respective contract. These estimates reflect our best judgement regarding the efficiencies of our methodologies and professionals as we plan to apply them to the contracts in accordance with the CGI Client Partnership Management Framework (CPMF), a framework that contains high standards of contract management to be applied throughout the Company. If we fail to apply the CPMF correctly or if we are unsuccessful in accurately estimating the time or resources required to fulfill our obligations under a contract, or if unexpected factors, including those outside of our control, arise, there may be an impact on costs or the delivery schedule which could have a material adverse effect on our expected net earnings.

Risks related to teaming agreements and subcontracts

We derive revenue from contracts where we enter into teaming agreements with other providers. In some teaming agreements we are the prime contractor whereas in others we act as a subcontractor. In both cases, we rely on our relationships with other providers to generate business and we expect to continue to do so in the foreseeable future. Where we act as prime contractor, if we fail to maintain our relationships with other providers, we may have difficulty attracting suitable participants in our teaming agreements. Similarly, where we act as subcontractor, if our relationships are impaired, other providers might reduce the work they award to us, award that work to our competitors, or choose to offer the services directly to the client in order to compete with our business. In either case, if we fail to maintain our relationship with these providers or if our relationship with these providers is otherwise impaired, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our partners’ ability to deliver on their commitments

Increasingly large and complex contracts may require that we rely on third party subcontractors including software and hardware vendors to help us fulfill our commitments. Under such circumstances, our success depends on the ability of the third parties to perform their obligations within agreed upon budgets and timeframes. If our partners fail to deliver, our ability to complete the contract may be adversely affected, which could have an unfavourable impact on our profitability.

Guarantees risk

In the normal course of business, we enter into agreements that may provide for indemnification and guarantees to counterparties in transactions such as consulting and managed IT and business process services, business divestitures, lease agreements and financial obligations. These indemnification undertakings and guarantees may require us to compensate counterparties for costs and losses incurred as a result of various events, including breaches of representations and warranties, intellectual property right infringement, claims that may arise while providing services or as a result of litigation that may be suffered by counterparties.

Risk related to human resources utilization rates

In order to maintain our net earnings, it is important that we maintain the appropriate availability of professional resources in each of our geographies by having a high utilization rate while still being able to assign additional resources to new work. Maintaining an efficient utilization rate requires us to forecast our need for professional resources accurately and to manage recruitment activities, professional training programs, attrition rates and restructuring programs appropriately. To the extent that we fail to do so, or to the extent that laws and regulations restrict our ability to do so, our utilization rates may be reduced; thereby having an impact on our revenue and profitability. Conversely, we may find that we do not have sufficient resources to deploy against new business opportunities in which case our ability to grow our revenue would suffer.

 

62


    

    

    

    

 

Client concentration risk

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from the services we provide to various U.S. federal government departments and agencies. We expect that this will continue for the foreseeable future. There can be, however, no assurance that each such U.S. federal government department and agency will continue to utilize our services to the same extent, or at all in the future. In the event that a major U.S. federal government department or agency were to limit, reduce, or eliminate the business it awards to us, we might be unable to recover the lost revenue with work from other U.S. federal government departments or agencies or other clients, and our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. Although IFRS considers a national government and its departments and agencies as a single client, our client base in the U.S. government economic sector is in fact diversified with contracts from many different departments and agencies.

Government business risk

Changes in government spending policies or budget priorities could directly affect our financial performance. Among the factors that could harm our government contracting business are: the curtailment of governments’ use of consulting and IT services firms; a significant decline in spending by governments in general, or by specific departments or agencies in particular; the adoption of new legislation and/or actions affecting companies that provide services to governments; delays in the payment of our invoices by government; and general economic and political conditions. These or other factors could cause government agencies and departments to reduce their purchases under contracts, to exercise their right to terminate contracts, to issue temporary stop work orders, or not to exercise options to renew contracts, any of which would cause us to lose future revenue. Government spending reductions or budget cutbacks at these departments or agencies could materially harm our continued performance under these contracts, or limit the awarding of additional contracts from these agencies.

Regulatory risk

Our global operations require us to be compliant with laws and regulations in many jurisdictions on matters such as: anti-corruption, trade restrictions, immigration, taxation, securities, antitrust, data privacy, labour relations, and the environment, amongst others. Complying with these diverse requirements worldwide is a challenge and consumes significant resources. The laws and regulations frequently change and some may impose conflicting requirements which may expose us to penalties for non-compliance and harm our reputation. Furthermore, in some jurisdictions, we may face the absence of effective laws and regulations to protect our intellectual property rights and there may be restrictions on the movement of cash and other assets, on the import and export of certain technologies, and on the repatriation of earnings. Any or all of these risks could impact our global business operations and cause our profitability to decline.

Our business with the U.S. federal government departments and agencies also requires that we comply with complex laws and regulations relating to government contracts. These laws and regulations relate to the integrity of the procurement process, impose disclosure requirements, and address national security concerns, among other matters. For instance, we are routinely subject to audits by U.S. government departments and agencies with respect to compliance with these rules. If we fail to comply with these requirements we may incur penalties and sanctions, including contract termination, suspension of payments, suspension or debarment from doing business with the federal government, and fines.

Legal claims made against our work

We create, implement and maintain IT solutions that are often critical to the operations of our clients’ business. Our ability to complete large projects as expected could be adversely affected by unanticipated delays, renegotiations, and changing client requirements or project delays. Also, our solutions may suffer from defects that adversely affect their performance; they may not meet our clients’ requirements or may fail to perform in accordance with applicable service levels. Such problems could subject us to legal liability, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition, and may negatively affect our professional reputation. While we typically use reasonable efforts to include provisions in our contracts which are designed to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services and the applications we develop, we may not

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 63


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

always be able to include such provisions and, where we are successful, such provisions may not protect us adequately or may not be enforceable under some circumstances or under the laws of some jurisdictions.

Data protection and infrastructure risks

Our business often requires that our clients’ applications and information, which may include their proprietary information and personal information they manage, be processed and stored on our networks and systems, and in data centers that we manage. We also process and store proprietary information relating to our business, and personal information relating to our members. The Company is subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect information, such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), various laws and regulations in Canada, the U.S. and other countries in which the Company operates governing the protection of health or other personally identifiable information and data privacy. These laws and regulations are increasing in number and complexity and are being adopted and amended with greater frequency, which results in greater compliance risk and cost. The potential financial penalties for non-compliance with these laws and regulations have significantly increased with the adoption of the GDPR. The Company’s Chief Data Protection Officer oversees the Company’s compliance with the laws that protect the privacy of personal information. The Company faces risks inherent in protecting the security of such personal data which have grown in complexity, magnitude and frequency in recent years. Digital information and equipment are subject to loss, theft or destruction, and services that we provide may become temporarily unavailable as a result of those risks, or upon an equipment or system malfunction. The causes of such failures include human error in the course of normal operations (including from advertent or inadvertent actions or inactions by our members), maintenance and upgrading activities, as well as hacking, vandalism (including denial of service attacks and computer viruses), theft, and unauthorized access, as well as power outages or surges, floods, fires, natural disasters and many other causes. The measures that we take to protect against all information infrastructure risks, including both physical and logical controls on access to premises and information may prove in some circumstances to be inadequate to prevent the improper disclosure, loss, theft, misappropriation of, unauthorized access to, or destruction of client information, or service interruptions. Such events may expose the Company to financial loss arising from the costs of remediation and those arising from litigation from our clients and third parties (including under the laws that protect the privacy of personal information), claims and damages, as well as expose the Company to government sanctions and damage to our brand and reputation.

Security and cybersecurity risks

In the current environment, the volume, velocity and creativity of security threats and cyber attacks continue to grow, this includes criminal hackers, hacktivists, state sponsored organizations, industrial espionage, employee misconduct, and human or technological error. As a worldwide IT and business consulting firm providing services to both the private and public sectors, we process and store increasingly large amounts of data for our clients, including proprietary information and personal information. Consequently, our business could be negatively impacted by physical and cyber threats, which could affect our future sales and financial position or increase our costs and expenses.

An unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or member information, including cyber-attacks or other security breaches, could cause a loss of data, give rise to remediation or other expenses, expose us to liability under federal and state laws, and subject us to litigation and investigations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. These security risks to the Company include potential attacks not only of our own solutions, services and systems, but also those of our clients, contractors, business partners, vendors and other third parties. Any local issue in a Business Unit could have a global impact on the entire Company , thus visibility and timely escalation on potential issues are key.

The Company’s Chief Security Officer is responsible for overseeing the security of the Company. We seek to detect and investigate all security incidents and to prevent their occurrence or recurrence, by: (i) developing and regularly reviewing policies and standards related to information security, data privacy, physical security and business continuity; (ii) monitoring the Company’s performance against these policies and standards; (iii) developing strategies intended to seek to mitigate the Company’s risks, including through security trainings for all employees to increase awareness of potential cyber threats; (iv) implementing security measures to ensure an appropriate level of control based on the nature of the information and the inherent risks attached thereto, including through access management, security monitoring and testing to mitigate and help

 

64


    

    

    

    

 

detect and respond to attempts to gain unauthorized access to information systems and networks; and (v) working with the industry and governments against cyber threats. However, because of the evolving nature and sophistication of these security threats, there can be no assurance that our safeguards will detect or prevent the occurrence of material cyber breaches, intrusions or attacks.

We are regularly the target of attempted cyber and other security threats and must continuously monitor and develop our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses and other events that could have a security impact. If security protection does not evolve at the same pace as threats, a growing gap on our level of protection will be created. Technology evolution and global trends like digital transformation, cloud and mobile computing amongst others are disrupting the security operating model, thus security should evolve to address new relevant security requirements and build new capabilities to address the changes. Increasing detection and automated response capabilities are key to improve visibility and contain any negative potential impact. Automating security processes and integrating with IT, business and security solutions could address shortage of technical security staff and avoid introducing human intervention and errors.

Insider or employee cyber and security threats are increasingly a concern for all large companies, including ours. CGI is continuously working to install new, and upgrade its existing, information technology systems and provide member awareness training around phishing, malware, and other cyber risks to ensure that the Company is protected, to the greatest extent possible, against cyber risks and security breaches. While CGI selects third-party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including those resulting from breakdowns or other disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, cyber-attacks and security breaches at a vendor could adversely affect the our ability to deliver solutions and services to our customers and otherwise conduct business. Furthermore, while our liability insurance policy covers cyber risks, there is no assurance that such insurance coverage will be sufficient in type or amount to cover the costs, damages, liabilities or losses that could result from security breaches, cyber-attacks and other related breaches. As the cyber threat landscape evolves, the Company may find it necessary to make further significant investments to protect data and infrastructure. Occurrence of any of the aforementioned security threats could expose the Company, our clients or other third parties to potential liability, litigation, and regulatory action, as well as the loss of client confidence, loss of existing or potential clients, loss of sensitive government contracts, damage to brand and reputation, and other financial loss.

Risk of harm to our reputation

CGI’s reputation as a capable and trustworthy service provider and long-term business partner is key to our ability to compete effectively in the market for IT services. The nature of our operations exposes us to the potential loss, unauthorized access to, or destruction of our clients’ information, as well as temporary service interruptions. Depending on the nature of the information or services, such events may have a negative impact on how the Company is perceived in the marketplace. Under such circumstances, our ability to obtain new clients and retain existing clients could suffer with a resulting impact on our revenue and net earnings.

Risks associated with the integration of new operations

The successful integration of new operations arising from our acquisition strategy or from large managed IT and business process services contracts requires that a substantial amount of management time and attention be focused on integration tasks. Management time that is devoted to integration activities may detract from management’s normal operations focus with resulting pressure on the revenues and earnings from our existing operations. In addition, we may face complex and potentially time-consuming challenges in implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies across new operations when harmonizing their activities with those of our existing business units. Integration activities can result in unanticipated operational problems, expenses and liabilities. If we are not successful in executing our integration strategies in a timely and cost-effective manner, we will have difficulty achieving our growth and profitability objectives.

Internal controls risks

Due to the inherent limitations of internal controls including the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud, there can only be reasonable assurance that the Company’s internal controls will detect and prevent a misstatement. If the Company is

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS – 65


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

unable to design, implement, monitor and maintain effective internal controls throughout its different business environments, the efficiency of our operations might suffer, resulting in a decline in revenue and profitability, and the accuracy of our financial reporting could be impaired.

Liquidity and funding risks

The Company’s future growth is contingent on the execution of its business strategy, which, in turn, is dependent on its ability to grow the business organically as well as through business acquisitions. In the event we would need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing to fund any currently unidentified or unplanned future acquisitions and other growth opportunities, there can be no assurance that such financing will be available in amounts and on terms acceptable to us. Our ability to raise the required funding depends on the capacity of the capital markets to meet our equity and/or debt financing needs in a timely fashion and on the basis of interest rates and/or share prices that are reasonable in the context of our commercial objectives. Increasing interest rates, volatility in our share price, and the capacity of our current lenders to meet our additional liquidity requirements are all factors that may have a material adverse effect on any acquisitions or growth activities that we may, in the future, identify or plan. If we are unable to obtain the necessary funding, we may be unable to achieve our growth objectives.

Foreign exchange risk

The majority of our revenue and costs are denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar. Foreign exchange fluctuations impact the results of our operations as they are reported in Canadian dollars. This risk is partially mitigated by a natural hedge in matching our costs with revenue denominated in the same currency and through the use of derivatives in our global hedging strategy. However, as we continue our global expansion, natural hedges may begin to diminish and the use of hedging contracts exposes us to the risk that financial institutions could fail to perform their obligations under our hedging instruments. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our hedging strategy and arrangements will offset the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could materially adversely affect our business revenues, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. Other than the use of financial products to deliver on our hedging strategy, we do not trade derivative financial instruments.

Our functional and reporting currency is the Canadian dollar. As such, our U.S., European and Asian investments, operations and assets are exposed to net change in currency exchange rates. Volatility in exchange rates could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

10.2. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is involved in legal proceedings, audits, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. Certain of these matters seek damages in significant amounts. Although the outcome of such matters is not predictable with assurance, the Company has no reason to believe that the disposition of any such current matter could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or the ability to carry on any of its business activities.

Transfer Agent

Computershare Investor Services Inc.

(800) 564-6253

Investor Relations

Maher Yaghi

Vice-President, Investor Relations

Telephone: (514) 415-3651

maher.yaghi@cgi.com

1350 René-Lévesque Boulevard West

25th Floor

Montréal, Quebec

H3G 1T4

Canada

 

66


    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Management’s and Auditors’ Reports

MANAGEMENT’S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of CGI Inc. (the Company) is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the consolidated financial statements and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgement. Financial and operating data elsewhere in the MD&A are consistent with that contained in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

To fulfill its responsibility, management has developed, and continues to maintain, systems of internal controls reinforced by the Company’s standards of conduct and ethics, as set out in written policies to ensure the reliability of the financial information and to safeguard its assets. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting and consolidated financial statements are subject to audit by an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report follows. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appointed by our shareholders upon the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors, has performed an independent audit of the consolidated balance sheets as at September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as at September 30, 2020.

Members of the Audit and Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors, all of whom are independent of the Company, meet regularly with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and with management to discuss internal controls in the financial reporting process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues and formulate the appropriate recommendations to the Board of Directors. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has full and unrestricted access to the Audit and Risk Management Committee. The consolidated financial statements and MD&A have been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

LOGO

  

LOGO

  
George D. Schindler    François Boulanger   
President and Chief Executive Officer    Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer   

 

November 10, 2020

     

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 67


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

 

Management’s and Auditors’ Reports

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, under the supervision of and with the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer as well as the Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

- Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

- Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and,

- Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

All internal control systems have inherent limitations; therefore, even where internal control over financial reporting is determined to be effective, it can provide only reasonable assurance. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management, under the supervision of and with the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer as well as the Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at September 30, 2020 was effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

LOGO

  

LOGO

  
George D. Schindler    François Boulanger   
President and Chief Executive Officer    Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer   

 

November 10, 2020

     

 

68


    

    

    

    

 

Management’s and Auditors’ Reports

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of CGI Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CGI Inc. and its subsidiaries (together, the Company) as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the ‘‘consolidated financial statements’’). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases on October 1, 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 69


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management’s and Auditors’ Reports

    

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (continued)

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting (continued)

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the Audit and Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements; and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours for systems integration and consulting services under fixed-fee arrangements

As described in Notes 3 and 29 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes revenue for systems integration and consulting services under fixed-fee arrangements using the percentage-of-completion method over time. For the year ended on September 30, 2020, revenue from systems integration and consulting services under fixed-fee arrangements makes up a portion of the revenue from systems integration and consulting services. The selection of the measure of progress towards completion requires management judgment and is based on the nature of the services to be provided. As disclosed by management, the Company relies on estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours to complete the service, which are compared to labour costs or labour hours incurred to date, to arrive at an estimate of the percentage of revenue earned to date. Management regularly reviews underlying estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected hours. Management has disclosed that there are many factors that can affect the estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours, including, but not limited to, changes to the scope of the contracts, delays in reaching milestones and new complexities in the project delivery.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to Revenue Recognition - Estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours for systems integration and consulting services under fixed-fee arrangements is a critical audit matter are (i) there was significant judgment by management when developing the estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours; and (ii) there were significant auditor judgment and effort in performing procedures to evaluate the estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours, including the assessment of management’s judgment about the Company’s ability to properly assess the factors that can affect the significant assumptions related to the estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours to complete.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls over the determination of estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours. The procedures also included, among others, evaluating and testing management’s process, on a sample basis, for determining the estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours which included evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions, including the total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours to complete, used by management by (i) testing total labour costs or total labour hours incurred to supporting evidence; (ii) performing a comparison of the sum of total labour costs or labour hours incurred and the total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours to complete to the originally estimated costs or hours; and; (iii) evaluating the process of the timely identification of factors that can affect the total expected labour costs or total expected hours, including but not limited to, changes to the scope of the contracts, delays in reaching milestones and new complexities in the project delivery.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP1

Montréal, Québec, Canada

November 10, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

 

 

1. FCPA auditor, FCA, public accountancy permit No. A115888

 

70


Consolidated Statements of Earnings

For the years ended September 30

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

      Notes        2020        2019  
          $          $  

Revenue

     29                  12,164,115          12,111,236  

Operating expenses

            

Costs of services, selling and administrative

     23          10,302,068                  10,284,007  

Acquisition-related and integration costs

     27c          76,794          77,417  

Restructuring costs

     25          155,411           

Net finance costs

     26          114,474          70,630  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

                (899        2,234  
                  10,647,848          10,434,288  

Earnings before income taxes

          1,516,267          1,676,948  

Income tax expense

     16          398,405          413,741  

Net earnings

                1,117,862          1,263,207  

Earnings per share

            

Basic earnings per share

     21          4.27          4.63  

Diluted earnings per share

     21          4.20          4.55  

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 71


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended September 30

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

      2020     2019  
     $     $  

Net earnings

     1,117,862               1,263,207  

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to net earnings (net of income taxes):

    

Net unrealized gains (losses) on translating financial statements of foreign operations

     406,445       (162,657

Net gains on cross-currency swaps and on translating long-term debt designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations

     8,914       53,024  

Deferred gains (costs) of hedging on cross-currency swaps

     18,144       (4,091

Net unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedges

     (30,091     50,943  

Net unrealized gains on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     2,854       4,102  

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to net earnings (net of income taxes):

    

Net remeasurement (losses) gains on defined benefit plans

     (37,250     33,777  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     369,016       (24,902

Comprehensive income

     1,486,878       1,238,305  

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

72


Consolidated Balance Sheets

As at September 30

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

      Notes      2020      2019  
        $        $  

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     28e and 32        1,707,985        213,831  

Accounts receivable

     4 and 32        1,219,302        1,357,090  

Work in progress

        1,075,252        1,096,031  

Current financial assets

     32        18,500        39,931  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

        160,406        172,182  

Income taxes

              29,363        10,206  

Total current assets before funds held for clients

        4,210,808        2,889,271  

Funds held for clients

     5        725,178        368,112  

Total current assets

        4,935,986        3,257,383  

Property, plant and equipment

     6        372,946        397,661  

Right-of-use assets

     3 and 7        666,865         

Contract costs

     8        239,376        222,965  

Intangible assets

     9        521,462        517,982  

Other long-term assets

     10        163,739        180,480  

Long-term financial assets

     11        156,569        176,899  

Deferred tax assets

     16        113,484        100,539  

Goodwill

     12        8,379,931        7,767,837  
                        15,550,358                12,621,746  

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

        1,025,963        1,108,895  

Accrued compensation

        672,775        642,897  

Current derivative financial instruments

     32        8,328        4,902  

Deferred revenue

        426,393        397,370  

Income taxes

        136,928        176,243  

Provisions

     13        175,632        73,509  

Current portion of long-term debt

     14        310,764        113,511  

Current portion of lease liabilities

     3        178,720         

Total current liabilities before clients’ funds obligations

        2,935,503        2,517,327  

Clients’ funds obligations

              720,322        366,796  

Total current liabilities

        3,655,825        2,884,123  

Long-term income taxes

        6,720        7,690  

Long-term provisions

     13        23,888        24,946  

Long-term debt

     14        3,276,331        2,217,696  

Long-term lease liabilities

     3        697,650         

Other long-term liabilities

     15        185,374        213,392  

Long-term derivative financial instruments

     32        56,622        18,322  

Deferred tax liabilities

     16        158,341        178,265  

Retirement benefits obligations

     17        225,447        193,209  
                8,286,198        5,737,643  

Equity

        

Retained earnings

        4,703,642        4,557,855  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     18        545,710        176,694  

Capital stock

     19        1,761,873        1,903,977  

Contributed surplus

              252,935        245,577  
                7,264,160        6,884,103  
                15,550,358        12,621,746  

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

   LOGO      LOGO

Approved by the Board of Directors

  

 

George D. Schindler

 

Director

     Serge Godin

 

Director

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 73


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended September 30

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

      Notes      Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Capital
stock
    Contributed
surplus
    Total
equity
 
        $       $       $       $       $  

Balance as at September 30, 2019

        4,557,855       176,694       1,903,977       245,577       6,884,103  

Adoption of IFRS 16

     3        (93,873                       (93,873

Balance as at October 1, 2019

        4,463,982       176,694       1,903,977       245,577       6,790,230  

Net earnings

        1,117,862                         1,117,862  

Other comprehensive income

                    369,016                   369,016  

Comprehensive income

        1,117,862       369,016                   1,486,878  

Share-based payment costs

                          37,358       37,358  

Income tax impact associated with stock options

                          (8,653     (8,653

Exercise of stock options

     19                    69,420       (12,269     57,151  

Exercise of performance share units

     19                    9,078       (9,078      

Purchase for cancellation of Class A subordinate voting shares

     19        (878,202           (165,315           (1,043,517

Purchase of Class A subordinate voting shares held in trusts

     19                    (55,287           (55,287

Balance as at September 30, 2020

              4,703,642       545,710       1,761,873       252,935       7,264,160  
      Notes      Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Capital
stock
    Contributed
surplus
   

Total

equity

 
        $       $       $       $       $  

Balance as at September 30, 2018

        4,251,424       201,596       2,018,592       213,195       6,684,807  

Net earnings

        1,263,207                         1,263,207  

Other comprehensive loss

                    (24,902                 (24,902

Comprehensive income (loss)

        1,263,207       (24,902                 1,238,305  

Share-based payment costs

                          39,440       39,440  

Income tax impact associated with stock options

                          14,663       14,663  

Exercise of stock options

     19                    77,773       (14,070     63,703  

Exercise of performance share units

     19                    7,651       (7,651      

Purchase for cancellation of Class A subordinate voting shares

     19        (956,776           (169,299           (1,126,075

Purchase of Class A subordinate voting shares held in trusts

     19                    (30,740           (30,740

Balance as at September 30, 2019

              4,557,855       176,694       1,903,977       245,577       6,884,103  

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

74


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended September 30

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

      Notes    2020     2019  
        $       $  

Operating activities

       

Net earnings

        1,117,862       1,263,207  

Adjustments for:

       

Amortization, depreciation and impairment

   24      565,692       392,301  

Deferred income tax expense (recovery)

   16      6,170       (8,297

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

        (7,956     3,519  

Share-based payment costs

        37,358       39,440  

Loss on sale of business

        1,266        

Net change in non-cash working capital items

   28a      218,164       (56,251

Cash provided by operating activities

          1,938,556       1,633,919  

Investing activities

       

Net change in short-term investments

        8,414       (9,889

Business acquisitions (considering the bank overdraft assumed and cash acquired)

        (269,585     (480,366

Investment in Acando AB

              (140,248

Proceeds from sale of business

        2,647       600  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (128,478     (162,061

Additions to contract costs

        (72,845     (60,191

Additions to intangible assets

        (114,112     (105,976

Purchase of long-term investments

        (10,594     (523

Proceeds from sale of long-term investments

          12,100       7,845  

Cash used in investing activities

          (572,453     (950,809

Financing activities

       

Net change in unsecured committed revolving credit facility

   14 and 28c      (334,370     139,575  

Increase of long-term debt

   28c      1,807,167       686,810  

Repayment of long-term debt

   28c      (106,496     (355,406

Payment of lease liabilities

   28c      (175,320      

Repayment of debt assumed in business acquisitions

   28c      (28,281     (2,141

Payment for remaining shares of Acando

   27b      (23,123      

Settlement of derivative financial instruments

   28c and 32      (3,903     (554

Purchase of Class A subordinate voting shares held in trusts

   19      (55,287     (30,740

Purchase and cancellation of Class A subordinate voting shares

   19      (1,043,517     (1,130,255

Issuance of Class A subordinate voting shares

          57,302       63,602  

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

          94,172       (629,109

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

          33,879       (24,261

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        1,494,154       29,740  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

          213,831       184,091  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

          1,707,985       213,831  

Supplementary cash flow information (Note 28).

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 75


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

1.

Description of business

CGI Inc. (the Company), directly or through its subsidiaries, provides managed information technology (IT) and business process services (BPS), systems integration and consulting, as well as the sale of software solutions to help clients effectively realize their strategies and create added value. The Company was incorporated under Part IA of the CompaniesAct (Québec), predecessor to the Business Corporations Act (Québec) which came into force on February 14, 2011 and its Class A subordinate voting shares are publicly traded. The executive and registered office of the Company is situated at 1350 René-Lévesque Blvd. West, Montréal, Québec, Canada, H3G 1T4.

 

2.

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on November 10, 2020.

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed or has right to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the relevant activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date of acquisition and continue to be consolidated until the date control over the subsidiaries ceases.

BASIS OF MEASUREMENT

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial assets and liabilities, which have been measured at fair value as described below.

USE OF JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity and the accompanying disclosures at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Because the use of judgements and estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ.

Significant judgements and estimates about the future and other major sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period could have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the following within the next financial year: revenue recognition, deferred tax assets, estimated losses on revenue-generating contracts, goodwill impairment, right-of-use assets, business combinations, provisions for uncertain tax treatments and litigation and claims.

The judgements, apart from those involving estimations, that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements are:

Revenue recognition of multiple deliverable arrangements

Assessing whether the deliverables within an arrangement are separate performance obligations requires judgement by management. A deliverable is identified as a separate performance obligation if the customer benefits from it on its own or together with resources that are readily available to the customer and if it is separately identifiable from the other deliverables in the contract. The Company assesses if the deliverables are separately identifiable in the context of the contract by determining if it is highly interrelated with other deliverables in the contract. If these criteria are not met, the deliverables are accounted for as a combined performance obligation.

 

76


    

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

USE OF JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES (CONTINUED)

 

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable income will be available against which the losses can be utilized. Management judgement is required concerning uncertainties that exist with respect to the timing of future taxable income required to recognize a deferred tax asset. The Company recognizes an income tax benefit only when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized in the future. In making this judgement, the Company assesses forecasts and the availability of future tax planning strategies.

A description of estimates is included in the respective sections within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

COVID-19 pandemic

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company assessed the impact of the uncertainties around the outbreak of the novel strain of the coronavirus, specifically identified as COVID-19 pandemic, on its balance sheet carrying amounts. This review required the use of judgements and estimates and resulted in no material impacts outside of the restructuring costs, refer to Note 25.

The future impact of COVID-19 uncertainties could generate, in future reporting periods, a significant risk of material adjustments to the following: revenue recognition, deferred tax assets, estimated losses on revenue-generating contracts, impairment of PP&E, right-of-use assets, intangible assets and goodwill and litigation and claims.

REVENUE RECOGNITION, WORK IN PROGRESS AND DEFERRED REVENUE

The Company generates revenue through the provision of managed IT and BPS, systems integration and consulting, as well as the sale of software solutions as described in Note 1, Description of business.

The Company provides services and products under arrangements that contain various pricing mechanisms. The Company accounts for a contract or a group of contracts when the following criteria are met: the parties to the contract have approved the contract in which their rights, their obligations and the payment terms have been identified, the contract has commercial substance, and the collectability of the consideration is probable.

A contract modification is a change in the scope or price of an existing revenue-generating customer contract. The Company accounts for a contract modification as a separate contract when the scope of the contract increases because of the addition of promised performance obligations and the price of the contract increases by an amount of consideration that reflects its stand-alone selling prices. When the contract is not accounted for as a separate contract, the Company recognizes an adjustment to revenue on the existing contract on a cumulative catch-up basis as at the date of the contract modification or, if the remaining goods and services are distinct, the Company recognizes the remaining consideration prospectively.

Revenue is recognized when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promise of good or service to the customer and are measured at the amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive, including variable consideration, such as, discounts, volume rebates, service-level penalties, and incentives. Variable consideration is estimated using either the expected value method or most likely amount method and is included only to the extent it is highly probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. In making this judgement, management will mostly consider all information available at the time (historical, current and forecasted), the Company’s knowledge of the client or the industry, the type of services to be delivered and the specific contractual terms of each arrangement.

Revenue from sales of third party vendor’s products, such as software licenses, hardware or services is recorded on a gross basis when the Company is a principal to the transaction and is recorded net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the client and vendor. To determine whether the Company is a principal or an agent, it evaluates whether control is obtained of the goods or services before they are transferred to the client. Factors generally considered include whether the Company has the primary responsibility for providing the product or service, adds meaningful value to the vendor’s product or service and has discretion establishing the price.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 77


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

REVENUE RECOGNITION, WORK IN PROGRESS AND DEFERRED REVENUE (CONTINUED)

 

Relative stand-alone selling price

The Company’s arrangements often include a mix of the services and products as described below. If an arrangement involves the provision of multiple performance obligations, the total arrangement value is allocated to each performance obligations based on its relative stand-alone selling price. When estimating the stand-alone selling price of each performance obligations, the Company maximizes the use of observable prices which are established using the Company’s prices for same or similar deliverables. When observable prices are not available, the Company estimates stand-alone selling prices based on its best estimate. The best estimate of the stand-alone selling price is the price at which the Company would normally expect to offer the services or products and is established by considering a number of internal and external factors including, but not limited to, geographies, the Company’s pricing policies, internal costs and margins. Additionally, in certain circumstances, the Company may apply the residual approach when estimating the stand-alone price of software license products, for which the Company has not yet established the price or has not previously sold on a stand-alone basis.

The appropriate revenue recognition method is applied for each performance obligation as described below.

Managed IT and business process services

Revenue from managed IT and business process services arrangements is generally recognized over time as the services are provided at the contractual billings, which corresponds with the value provided to the client, unless there is a better measure of performance or delivery.

Systems integration and consulting services

Revenue from systems integration and consulting services under time and material arrangements is recognized over time as the services are rendered, and revenue under cost-based arrangements is recognized over time as reimbursable costs are incurred. Contractual billings of such arrangements correspond with the value provided to the client, and therefore revenues are generally recognized when amounts become billable.

Revenue from systems integration and consulting services under fixed-fee arrangements is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method over time, as the Company has no alternative use for the asset created and has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. The Company primarily uses labour costs or labour hours to measure the progress towards completion. This method relies on estimates of total expected labour costs or total expected labour hours to complete the service, which are compared to labour costs or labour hours incurred to date, to arrive at an estimate of the percentage of revenue earned to date. Factors considered in the estimates include: changes in scope of the contracts, delays in reaching milestones, complexities in project delivery, availability and retention of qualified IT professionals and/or the ability of the subcontractors to perform their obligation within agreed upon budget and timeframes. Management regularly reviews underlying estimates of total expected labour costs or hours.

Software licenses

Most of the Company’s software license arrangements include other services such as implementation, customization and maintenance. For these types of arrangements, revenue from a software license, when identified as a performance obligation, is recognized at a point in time upon delivery. Otherwise when the software is significantly customized, integrated or modified, it is combined with the implementation and customization services and is accounted for as described in the systems integration and consulting services section above. Revenue from maintenance services for software licenses sold is recognized straight-line over the term of the maintenance period.

Work in progress and deferred revenue

Amounts recognized as revenue in excess of billings are classified as work in progress. Amounts received in advance of the performance of services or delivery of products are classified as deferred revenue. Work in progress and deferred revenue are presented net on a contract by-contract basis. During the year ended September, 30 2020, the revenues recognized from the short-term deferred revenue was not significantly different than what was presented as at September, 30 2019.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents consist of unrestricted cash and short-term investments having a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase.

 

78


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments, comprise generally of term deposits, have remaining maturities over three months, but not more than one year, at the date of purchase.

FUNDS HELD FOR CLIENTS AND CLIENTS’ FUNDS OBLIGATIONS

In connection with the Company’s payroll, tax filing and claims services, the Company collects funds for payment of payroll, taxes and claims, temporarily holds such funds until payment is due, remits the funds to the clients’ employees, appropriate tax authorities or claims holders, files tax returns and handles related regulatory correspondence and amendments. The funds held for clients include cash and long-term bonds. The Company presents the funds held for clients and related obligations separately. Funds held for clients are classified as current assets since, based upon management’s intentions, these funds are held solely for the purpose of satisfying the clients’ funds obligations, which will be repaid within one year of the consolidated balance sheet date. The market fluctuations affect the fair value of the long-term bonds. Due to those fluctuations, funds held for clients might not equal to the clients’ funds obligations.

Interest income earned and realized gains and losses on the disposal of bonds are recorded in revenue in the period that the income is earned, as the collecting, holding and remitting of these funds are critical components of providing these services.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment (PP&E), are recorded at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.

 

   
Buildings    10 to 40 years
Leasehold improvements    Lesser of the useful life or lease term
Furniture, fixtures and equipment    3 to 20 years
Computer equipment    3 to 5 years

LEASES

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, under IFRS 16, Leases

When the Company enters into contractual agreements with suppliers or other parties, an assessment is performed to determine if the contract contains a lease. The Company identified lease agreements under the following categories: Properties, Motor vehicules and others as well as Computer equipment.

The Company identifies a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a specific period in exchange for a determined consideration. At inception, a right-of-use asset for the underlying asset and corresponding lease liability are presented in the consolidated balance sheet measured on a present value basis except for short-term leases (expected term of 12 months or less) and leases with low value underlying asset for which payments are recorded as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The right-of-use assets are measured at initial lease liabilities adjusted by lease payments made before the commencement date, indirect costs and cash incentives received. The right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term of the underlying asset.

Lease liabilities are measured at present value of non-cancellable payments of the expected lease term, which are mostly made of fixed payments of rent excluding maintenance fees; variable payments that are based on an index or a rate; amounts expected to be payable as residual value guaranties and extension or termination option if reasonably certain to be exercised.

The Company estimates the lease term in order to calculate the value of the lease liability at the initial date of the lease. Management uses judgement to determine the appropriate lease term based on the conditions of each lease. To determine the lease term, the Company considers all factors that create economic incentives to exercise an extension or a termination option. The extension or termination options are only included in the lease term if it is reasonably certain of being exercised. Management considers all facts that create incentive to exercise an extension option or not to take a termination option including leasehold improvements, significant modification of the underlying asset or a business decision.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 79


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

LEASES (CONTINUED)

 

Discount rate used in the present value calculation is the incremental borrowing rate unless the implicit interest rate in the lease can be readily determined. The Company estimates the incremental borrowing rate for each lease or portfolio of leased assets, as most of the implicit interest rates in the leases are not readily determinable. To calculate the incremental borrowing rate, the Company considers its credit worthiness, the term of the arrangement, any collateral received and the economic environment. The incremental borrowing rates are subject to change mainly due to changes in the economic environment.

The lease liabilities are subsequently adjusted to reflect interest on the lease liabilities and lease payments made. Lease liabilities are remeasured (along with the corresponding adjustment to the right-of-use asset), whenever the following situations occur; a modification in the lease term, a change in the assessment of an option to purchase, a modification in the residual guarantees or in future lease payments due to a change of an index or rate tied to the payments.

CONTRACT COSTS

Contract costs are comprised primarily of transition costs incurred to implement long-term managed IT and business process services contracts and incentives.

Transition costs

Transition costs consist mostly of costs associated with the installation of systems and processes, as well as conversion of the client’s applications to the Company’s platforms incurred after the award of managed IT and business process services contracts. Transition costs are comprised essentially of labour costs, including compensation and related fringe benefits, as well as subcontractor costs.

Incentives

Occasionally, incentives are granted to clients upon the signing of managed IT and business process services contracts. These incentives are granted in the form of cash payments.

Amortization of contract costs

Contract costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the period services are provided. Amortization of transition costs is included in costs of services, selling and administrative and amortization of incentives is recorded as a reduction of revenue.

Impairment of contract costs

When a contract is not expected to be profitable, the estimated loss is first applied to impair the related capitalized contract costs. The excess of the expected loss over the capitalized contract costs is recorded as onerous revenue-generating contracts in provisions. If at a future date the contract returns to profitability, the previously recognized impairment loss must be reversed. First the estimated losses on revenue-generating contracts must be reversed, and if there is still additional projected profitability then any capitalized contract costs that were impaired must be reversed. The reversal of the impairment loss is limited so that the carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized for the contract costs in prior years.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist mainly of internal-use software, business solutions, software licenses and client relationships. Internal-use software, business solutions and software licenses are recorded at cost. Internal-use software developed internally is capitalized when it meets specific capitalization criteria related to technical and financial feasibility and when the Company demonstrates its ability and intention to use it. Business solutions developed internally and marketed are capitalized when they meet specific capitalization criteria related to technical, market and financial feasibility. Internal-use software, business solutions, software licenses and client relationships acquired through business combinations are initially recorded at their fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows, which involves estimates, such as the forecasting of future cash flows and discount rates.

 

80


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

 

Amortization of intangible assets

The Company amortizes its intangible assets using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives.

 

   
Internal-use software    2 to 7 years
Business solutions    2 to 10 years
Software licenses    3 to 8 years
Client relationships    2 to 10 years

IMPAIRMENT OF PP&E, RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS, INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Timing of impairment testing

The carrying values of PP&E, right-of-use assets, intangible assets and goodwill are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. The Company assesses at each reporting date whether any such events or changes in circumstances exist. The carrying values of intangible assets not available for use are tested for impairment annually as at September 30. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

Impairment testing

If any indication of impairment exists or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the asset or cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset relates to determine the extent of any impairment loss. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use (VIU) to the Company. The Company mainly uses the VIU. In assessing the VIU, estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account, if available. If the recoverable amount of an asset or a CGU is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Goodwill acquired through business combinations is allocated to the CGU or group of CGUs that are expected to benefit from acquired work force and synergies of the related business combination. The group of CGUs that benefit from the acquired work force and synergies correspond to the Company’s operating segments. For goodwill impairment testing purposes, the group of CGUs that represents the lowest level within the Company at which management monitors goodwill is the operating segment level.

The recoverable amount of each operating segment has been determined based on the VIU calculation which includes estimates about their future financial performance based on cash flows approved by management covering a period of five years. Key assumptions used in the VIU calculations are the discount rate applied and the long-term growth rate of net operating cash flows. In determining these assumptions, management has taken into consideration the current economic environment and its resulting impact on expected growth and discount rates. The cash flow projections reflect management’s expectations of the operating segment’s operating performance and growth prospects in the operating segment’s market. The discount rate applied to an operating segment is the weighted average cost of capital (WACC). Management considers factors such as country risk premium, risk-free rate, size premium and cost of debt to derive the WACC. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

For impaired assets, other than goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the asset. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of the asset since the last impairment loss was recognized. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 81


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

LONG-TERM FINANCIAL ASSETS

Long-term investments presented in long-term financial assets are comprised of bonds which are presented as long-term based on management’s intentions.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method. Under this method, the consideration transferred is measured at fair value. Acquisition-related and integration costs associated with the business combination are expensed as incurred or when a present legal or constructive obligation exists. The Company recognizes goodwill as the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition-date fair values. The goodwill recognized is composed of the future economic value associated to acquired work force and synergies with the Company’s operations which are primarily due to reduction of costs and new business opportunities. Management makes assumptions when determining the acquisition-date fair values of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed which involve estimates, such as the forecasting of future cash flows, discount rates, and the useful lives of the assets acquired. Subsequent changes in fair values are recorded as part of the purchase price allocation and therefore result in corresponding goodwill adjustments if they qualify as measurement period adjustments. The measurement period is the period between the date of acquisition and the date where all significant information necessary to determine the fair values is available, not to exceed 12 months. All other subsequent changes in estimates and judgements are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is determined using the treasury stock method to evaluate the dilutive effect of stock options and performance share units (PSUs).

RESEARCH AND SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Research costs are charged to earnings in the period in which they are incurred, net of related tax credits. Software development costs related to internal-use software and business solutions are charged to earnings in the year they are incurred, net of related tax credits, unless they meet specific capitalization criteria related to technical, market and financial feasibility as described in the Intangible assets section above.

TAX CREDITS

The Company follows the income approach to account for research and development (R&D) and other tax credits, whereby investment tax credits are recorded when there is a reasonable assurance that the assistance will be received and that the Company will comply with all relevant conditions. Under this method, tax credits related to operating expenditures are recorded as a reduction of the related expenses and recognized in the period in which the related expenditures are charged to earnings. Tax credits related to capital expenditures are recorded as a reduction of the cost of the related assets. The tax credits recorded are based on management’s best estimates of amounts expected to be received and are subject to audit by the taxation authorities.

 

82


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for using the liability method of accounting.

Current income taxes are recognized with respect to the amounts expected to be paid or recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheets date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on deductible or taxable temporary differences between the amounts reported for consolidated financial statement purposes and tax values of the assets and liabilities using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates that will be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in earnings, in other comprehensive income or in equity based on the classification of the item to which they relate.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilized. Once this assessment is made, the Company considers the analysis of forecasts and future tax planning strategies. Estimates of taxable profit are made based on the forecast by jurisdiction on an undiscounted basis. In addition, management considers factors such as substantively enacted tax rates, the history of the taxable profits and availability of tax strategies.

The Company is subject to income tax laws in numerous jurisdictions. Judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes as the determination of tax liabilities and assets involves uncertainties in the interpretation of complex tax regulations and requires estimates and assumptions considering the existing facts and circumstances. The Company provides for potential tax liabilities based on the most likely amount of the possible outcomes. Estimates are reviewed each reporting period and updated, based on new information available, and could result in changes to the income tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities in the period in which such determinations are made.

PROVISIONS

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The Company’s provisions consist of liabilities for litigation and claims provisions arising in the ordinary course of business, decommissioning liabilities for leases of office buildings, onerous supplier contracts and onerous revenue-generating contracts. The Company also records restructuring provisions for termination of employment costs related to specific initiatives and to the integration of its business acquisitions.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate when the impact of the time value of money is material. The increase in the provisions due to the passage of time is recognized as finance costs.

The accrued litigation and legal claims provisions are based on historical experience, current trends and other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates include the period in which the underlying cause of the claim occurred and the degree of probability of an unfavourable outcome.

Decommissioning liabilities pertain to leases of buildings where certain arrangements require premises to be returned to their original state at the end of the lease term. The provision is determined using the present value of the estimated future cash outflows.

Provisions for onerous supplier contracts are recorded when the unavoidable net cash flows from honoring the contract are negative. The provision represents the lowest of the costs to fulfill the contract and the penalties to exit the contract.

Provisions for onerous revenue-generating contracts are recorded when unavoidable costs of fulfilling the contract exceed the estimated total revenue from the contract. Management regularly reviews arrangement profitability and the underlying estimates.

Restructuring provisions are recognized when a detailed formal plan identifies the business or part of the business concerned, the location and number of employees affected, a detailed estimate of the associated costs, appropriate timelines and has been communicated to those affected by it.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 83


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is also the parent company’s functional currency. Each entity in the Company determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. Functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.

Foreign currency transactions and balances

Revenue, expenses and non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheets date. Unrealized and realized translation gains and losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Foreign operations

For foreign operations that have functional currencies different from the Company, assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheets date. Revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Resulting unrealized gains or losses on translating financial statements of foreign operations are reported in other comprehensive income.

For foreign operations with the same functional currency as the Company, monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheets date and non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Translation exchange gains or losses of such operations are reflected in the consolidated statements of earnings.

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Equity-settled plans

The Company operates equity-settled stock option and PSU plans under which the Company receives services from employees, officers and directors as consideration for equity instruments.

The fair value of those share-based payments is established on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for the stock options and the closing price of Class A subordinate voting shares of the Company on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) for the PSUs. The number of stock options and PSUs expected to vest are estimated on the grant date and subsequently revised on each reporting date. For stock options, the estimation of fair value requires making assumptions for the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the option and expected stock price volatility. The fair value of share-based payments, adjusted for expectations related to performance conditions and forfeitures, are recognized as share-based payment costs over the vesting period in earnings with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus on a graded-vesting basis if they vest annually or on a straight-line basis if they vest at the end of the vesting period.

When stock options are exercised, any consideration paid is credited to capital stock and the recorded fair value of the stock options is removed from contributed surplus and credited to capital stock. When PSUs are exercised, the recorded fair value of PSUs is removed from contributed surplus and credited to capital stock.

Share purchase plan

The Company operates a share purchase plan for eligible employees. Under this plan, the Company matches the contributions made by employees up to a maximum percentage of the employee’s salary. The Company’s contributions to the plan are recognized in salaries and other member costs within costs of services, selling and administrative.

Cash-settled deferred share units

The Company operates a deferred share unit (DSU) plan to compensate the external members of the Board of Directors. The expense is recognized within costs of services, selling and administrative for each DSU granted equal to the closing price of Class A subordinate voting shares of the Company on the TSX at the date on which DSUs are awarded and a corresponding liability is recorded in accrued compensation. After the grant date, the DSU liability is remeasured for subsequent changes in the fair value of the Company’s shares.

 

84


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

All financial instruments are initially measured at their fair value and are subsequently classified either at amortized cost, at fair value through earnings (FVTE) or at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). Financial assets are classified based on the Company’s management model of such instruments and their contractual cash flows they generate. Financial liabilities are classified and measured at amortized cost, unless they are held for trading and classified as FVTE.

The Company has made the following classifications:

FVTE

Cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deferred compensation plan assets within long-term financial assets are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period and the resulting gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Amortized Cost

Trade accounts receivable, cash included in funds held for clients, long-term receivables within long-term financial assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, accrued compensation, long-term debt and clients’ funds obligations are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Financial assets classified at amortized cost are subject to impairment. For trade accounts receivable and work in progress, the Company applies the simplified approach to measure expected credit losses, which requires lifetime expected loss allowance to be recorded upon initial recognition of the financial assets.

FVOCI

Long-term bonds included in funds held for clients and in long-term investments within long-term financial assets are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and are subject to impairment for which the Company uses the low credit risk exemption.

The unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable income taxes, are recorded in other comprehensive income. Interest income measured using the effective interest method and realized gains and losses on derecognition are recorded in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Transaction costs are comprised primarily of legal, accounting and other costs directly attributable to the issuance of the respective financial assets. Transaction costs are capitalized to the cost of financial assets classified as other than FVTE.

Financial assets are derecognized if the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or the asset is transferred and the transfer qualifies for derecognition as substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset have been transferred.

Fair value hierarchy

Fair value measurements recognized on the balance sheets are classified in accordance with the following levels:

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, but that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

The Company enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign currency exchange risks.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings, unless the derivative is designated and is effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the consolidated statements of earnings depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The cash flows of the hedging instruments are classified in the same manner as the cash flows of the item being hedged.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 85


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Company formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which the Company wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management’s objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes the identification of the nature of the risk being hedged, the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instruments which should not be dominated by credit risk, the hedge ratio consistent with the risk management strategy pursued and how the Company will assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship on an ongoing basis.

Management evaluates hedge effectiveness at inception of the hedge instrument and quarterly thereafter generally based on a managed hedge ratio of 1:1. Hedge effectiveness is measured prospectively as the extent to which changes in the fair value or cash flows of the derivative offsets the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the underlying hedged instrument or risk when there is a significant mismatch between the terms of the hedging instrument and the hedged item. Any meaningful imbalance is considered ineffectiveness in the hedge and accounted for accordingly in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

The Company uses cross-currency swaps and foreign currency denominated long-term debt to hedge portions of the Company’s net investments in its U.S. and European operations. Foreign exchange translation gains or losses on the net investments and the effective portions of gains or losses on instruments hedging the net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income. Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognized in consolidated statements of earnings. When the hedged net investment is disposed of, the relevant amount in other comprehensive income is transferred to earnings as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

Cash flow hedges of future revenue and long-term debt

The majority of the Company’s revenue and costs are denominated in a currency other than the Canadian dollar. The risk of foreign exchange fluctuations impacting the results is substantially mitigated by matching the Company’s costs with revenue denominated in the same currency. In certain cases where there is a substantial imbalance for a specific currency, the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge the variability in the foreign currency exchange rates.

The Company also uses interest rate and cross-currency swaps to hedge either the cash flow exposure or the foreign exchange exposure of the long-term debt.

The effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative financial instruments is recognized in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion, if any, in the consolidated statements of earnings. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is reclassified out of other comprehensive income into the consolidated statements of earnings when the hedged item is recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Fair value hedges of Senior U.S. unsecured notes

The Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge the fair value exposure of the issued fixed rate Senior U.S. unsecured notes. Under the interest rate swaps, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest and pays interest at a variable rate on the notional amount.

The changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings as finance costs. The changes in the fair value of the hedged items attributable to the risk hedged is recorded as part of the carrying value of the Senior U.S. unsecured notes and are also recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings as finance costs. If the hedged items are derecognized, the unamortized fair value is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Cost of hedging

The Company has elected to account for forward element of forward contracts or foreign currency basis spread as costs of hedging. In such cases, the deferred costs of hedging, net of applicable income taxes, are recognized as a separate component of the accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified in the consolidated statements of earnings when the hedged item is recognized.

 

86


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company operates both defined benefit and defined contribution post-employment benefit plans.

The cost of defined contribution plans is charged to the consolidated statements of earnings on the basis of contributions payable by the Company during the year.

For defined benefit plans, the defined benefit obligations are calculated by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The retirement benefits obligations in the consolidated balance sheets represent the present value of the defined benefit obligations as reduced by the fair value of plan assets. The retirement benefits assets are recognized to the extent that the Company can benefit from refunds or a reduction in future contributions. Retirement benefits plans that are funded by the payment of insurance premiums are treated as defined contribution plans unless the Company has an obligation either to pay the benefits directly when they fall due or to pay further amounts if assets accumulated with the insurer do not cover all future employee benefits. In such circumstances, the plan is treated as a defined benefit plan.

Insurance policies are treated as plan assets of a defined benefit plan if the proceeds of the policy:

 

  -

Can only be used to fund employee benefits;

 

  -

Are not available to the Company’s creditors; and

 

  -

Either cannot be paid to the Company unless the proceeds represent surplus assets not needed to meet all the benefit obligations or are a reimbursement for benefits already paid by the Company.

Insurance policies that do not meet the above criteria are treated as non-current investments and are held at fair value as long-term financial assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

The actuarial valuations used to determine the cost of defined benefit pension plans and their present value involve making assumptions about discount rates, future salary and pension increases, inflation rates and mortality. Any changes in these assumptions will impact the carrying amount of pension obligations. In determining the appropriate discount rate, management considers the interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related pension liability.

The current service cost is recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings under costs of services, selling and administrative. The net interest cost calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liabilities or assets is recognized as net finance cost or income. When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefits that relates to past services or the gains or losses on curtailment is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of earnings. The gains or losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan are recognized when the settlement occurs.

Remeasurements on defined benefit plans include actuarial gains and losses, changes in the effect of the asset ceiling and the return on plan assets, excluding the amount included in net interest on the net defined liabilities or assets. Remeasurements are charged or credited to other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 87


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

The following standards have been adopted by the Company on October 1, 2019:

IFRS 16 - Leases

Adoption IFRS 16 - Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases, to set out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a lease agreement. The standard supersedes IAS 17, Leases, and other leases related interpretations, eliminates the lessee’s classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases and introduces a single lessee accounting model. Lessees recognize a right-of-use asset representing its control of, and right to use, the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make future lease payments. The Company adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective method, with no restatement of comparative figures. The Company applied the new standard to contracts that were classified as leases under IAS 17 at the date of initial application. The right-of-use assets were recognized as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement date for real estate leases. For all other leases, the right-of-use assets were measured at an amount equal to the lease liability adjusted by the prepaid amount and the accrued lease payment related to the lease in the balance sheet as at September 30, 2019.

The Company made use of the following practical expedients available on transition date: the definition of a lease, the use of hindsight in determining the lease term, the exclusion of initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the transition date, the usage of a single incremental borrowing rate for a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics and adjusting the right-of-use assets for any onerous lease provisions as an alternative to an impairment review.

Impacts at adoption date

The following table shows the impacts of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of October 1, 2019:

 

      Balance sheet as at
September 30, 2019
             IFRS 16 adoption     Balance sheet
      as at October 1, 2019
 
     $        $       $  

Assets

       

Accounts receivable

     1,357,090        3,319       1,360,409  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     172,182        (6,365     165,817  

Property, plant and equipment

     397,661        (21,863     375,798  

Right-of-use assets

            701,346       701,346  

Other long-term assets

     180,480        607       181,087  

Deferred tax assets

     100,539        14,778       115,317  

Other assets

     10,413,794              10,413,794  
       12,621,746        691,822       13,313,568  

Liabilities

       

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1,108,895        (8,037     1,100,858  

Current portion of provisions

     73,509        (3,723     69,786  

Current portion of long-term debt

     113,511        (14,086     99,425  

Current portion of lease liabilities

            172,402       172,402  

Long-term provisions

     24,946        (2,264     22,682  

Long-term debt

     2,217,696        (16,253     2,201,443  

Long-term lease liabilities

            739,123       739,123  

Other long-term liabilities

     213,392        (64,655     148,737  

Deferred tax liabilities

     178,265        (16,812     161,453  

Other liabilities

     1,807,429              1,807,429  
       5,737,643        785,695       6,523,338  

Equity

       

Retained earnings

     4,557,855        (93,873     4,463,982  

Other equity

     2,326,248              2,326,248  
       6,884,103        (93,873     6,790,230  
       12,621,746        691,822       13,313,568  

 

88


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (CONTINUED)

IFRS 16 - Leases (continued)

Impacts at adoption date (continued)

 

Upon adoption of IFRS 16, all operating lease commitments that were presented in the Note 29 of the consolidated financial statements as at September 30, 2019 were recognized as lease liabilities and are now presented in the balance sheet. The Company used its incremental borrowing rates as at October 1, 2019 to measure lease liabilities. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate was 3.69% at the initial application.

The following table reconciles operating lease commitments presented in the consolidated financial statements as at September 30, 2019 and the lease liabilities recognized on October 1, 2019:

 

Operating lease commitments as at September 30, 2019

     847,502  

Discounted using the weighted average incremental borrowing rate as at October 1, 2019

     (96,638

Finance lease obligations presented as at September 30, 2019

     30,339  

Termination options reasonably certain to be exercised

     (22,748

Extension options reasonably certain to be exercised

     153,070  

Lease liabilities recognized as at October 1, 2019

     911,525  

Current portion of lease liabilities

     172,402  

Long-term lease liabilities

     739,123  

Total lease liabilities recognized as at October 1, 2019

     911,525  

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the impacts of the application of IFRS 16 are a decrease in property costs of $195,848,000 , an increase in amortization and depreciation of $157,974,000, as well as an increase in finance costs of $31,957,000. In addition, the cash provided by operating activities increased by $165,348,000, with the offset presented in the cash provided by (used in) financing activities.

Accounting policies for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, under IAS 17, Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognized in PP&E at an amount equal to the fair value of the leased assets or, if lower, the present value of minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease, and then depreciated over the economic useful life of the asset or lease term, whichever is shorter. The capital element of future lease payments is included in the consolidated balance sheets within long-term debt. Interest is charged to the consolidated statements of earnings so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Lease payments under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of earnings on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Operating lease incentives, typically for premises, are recognized as a reduction in rental expense over the lease term.

The Company accrues provisions for onerous leases which consist of estimated costs associated with vacated premises. The provisions reflect the present value of lease payments in excess of the expected sublease proceeds on the remaining term of the lease.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 89


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

3.

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (CONTINUED)

 

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 - Interest rate benchmark reform

In September 2019, the IASB has amended some of its requirements to address the uncertainty arising from the planned phasing out of interest-rate benchmarks such as interbank offered rates (IBORs). The amendments provide temporary relief from applying specific hedge accounting requirements affected by the interest rate benchmark reform. The amendments impact IFRS 9 Financial instruments, IAS 39 Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement and IFRS 7 Financial instruments: Disclosures. The amendments come into effect for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020 but early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt the Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 - Interest rate benchmark reform as at October 1, 2019 and applied retrospectively the reform to hedging relationship that existed on the application date and to the amount accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve at that date.

The Company has a debt expiring in December 2023 with a principal amount of U.S.$500,000,000 bearing interest based on the 1 month USD LIBOR rate. The debt has a carrying value of $666,250,000 as at September 30, 2020. The Company has entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of U.S.$500,000,000 maturing on the same date as the debt (the hedging instruments) on which it receives interest based on the same 1 month USD LIBOR rate. The cross-currency interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedge for the debt.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company entered into a two-year unsecured committed term loan credit facility (the 2020 Term Loan) for a total principal amount of U.S.$1,250,000,000, refer to Note 32. The 2020 Term Loan expires in March 2022, bears interest based on the 1 month USD LIBOR rate and has a carrying value of $1,665,625,000 as at September 30, 2020.

For its hedges relationship, the Company assumes that the LIBOR interest rates used for the settlements on the debts and the swaps will continue to be available beyond the planned phase out date at the end of December 2021.

FUTURE ACCOUNTING STANDARD CHANGES

The following standards have been issued but are not yet effective as of September 30, 2020.

LIBOR reform with amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 29, IFRS 7 and IFRS 16

In August 2020, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform-Phase 2, which amends IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and IFRS 16 Leases. The amendments complement those issued in 2019 and focus on the effects on financial statements when a company replaces the old interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark rate as a result of the reform. The standard will be effective on October 1, 2021 for the Company. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its financial statements.

 

90


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

4.

Accounts receivable

 

      As at
September 30, 2020
     As at
September 30, 2019
 
     $        $  

 Trade (Note 32)

     904,887        979,728  

 R&D and other tax credits1

     180,953        259,289  

 Other

     133,462        118,073  
       1,219,302        1,357,090  

 

1

R&D and other tax credits were related to government programs in Canada, the United States, France, the United Kingdom and other countries.

 

5.

Funds held for clients

 

      As at
September 30, 2020
     As at
September 30, 2019
 
     $        $  

 Cash

     576,708        187,823  

 Long-term bonds (Note 32)

     148,470        180,289  
       725,178        368,112  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 91


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

 

6.

Property, plant and equipment

 

      Land and
buildings
    Leasehold
improvements
    Furniture,
fixtures and
equipment
    Computer
equipment
    Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

 Cost

          

As at September 30, 2019

     58,614       224,559       180,638       714,629       1,178,440  

Adoption of IFRS 16 (Note 3)

                 (14,578     (40,357     (54,935

As at October 1, 2019

     58,614       224,559       166,060       674,272       1,123,505  

Additions

     5,759       28,188       12,225       79,057       125,229  

Additions - business acquisitions (Note 27a)

     12,730       1,013       2,683       2,474       18,900  

Disposals/retirements

           (17,160     (19,405     (118,490     (155,055

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     2,178       4,942       3,656       24,578       35,354  

 As at September 30, 2020

     79,281       241,542       165,219       661,891       1,147,933  

 Accumulated depreciation

          

As at September 30, 2019

     16,961       139,726       118,672       505,420       780,779  

Adoption of IFRS 16 (Note 3)

                 (8,285     (24,787     (33,072

As at October 1, 2019

     16,961       139,726       110,387       480,633       747,707  

Depreciation expense (Note 24)

     1,895       24,965       14,240       115,490       156,590  

Impairment (Note 24)

                       1,035       1,035  

Disposals/retirements

           (17,160     (19,021     (117,681     (153,862

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,268       3,041       2,454       16,754       23,517  

 As at September 30, 2020

     20,124       150,572       108,060       496,231       774,987  

 Net carrying amount as at September 30, 2020

     59,157       90,970       57,159       165,660       372,946  
      Land and
buildings
    Leasehold
improvements
    Furniture,
fixtures and
equipment
    Computer
equipment
    Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

 Cost

          

As at September 30, 2018

     58,455       204,888       164,634       686,499       1,114,476  

Additions

     619       40,915       19,568       104,887       165,989  

Additions - business acquisitions (Note 27b)

           5,320       981       1,374       7,675  

Disposals/retirements

           (25,565     (4,146     (67,291     (97,002

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (460     (999     (399     (10,840     (12,698

 As at September 30, 2019

     58,614       224,559       180,638       714,629       1,178,440  

 Accumulated depreciation

          

As at September 30, 2018

     14,652       144,275       106,223       461,233       726,383  

Depreciation expense (Note 24)

     2,601       21,021       16,428       119,214       159,264  

Disposals/retirements

           (25,099     (3,836     (67,223     (96,158

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (292     (471     (143     (7,804     (8,710

 As at September 30, 2019

     16,961       139,726       118,672       505,420       780,779  

 Net carrying amount as at September 30, 2019

     41,653       84,833       61,966       209,209       397,661  

 

92


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

7.

Right-of-use assets

 

      Properties     Motor vehicles and
others
    Computer
equipment
    Total  
     $       $       $       $  

 Cost

        

As at September 30, 2019

                        

Adoption of IFRS 16 (Note 3)

     1,070,987       230,707       40,357       1,342,051  

As at October 1, 2019

     1,070,987       230,707       40,357       1,342,051  

Additions

     59,556       56,976       2,390       118,922  

Additions - business acquisitions (Note 27a)

     11,859                   11,859  

Change in estimates and lease modifications

     (6,460                 (6,460

Disposals/retirements

     (56,986     (61,941     (3,110     (122,037

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     45,302       8,234       1,328       54,864  

 As at September 30, 2020

     1,124,258       233,976       40,965       1,399,199  

 Accumulated depreciation

        

As at September 30, 2019

                        

Adoption of IFRS 16 (Note 3)

     546,537       69,381       24,787       640,705  

As at October 1, 2019

     546,537       69,381       24,787       640,705  

Depreciation expense (Note 24)

     127,931       33,140       7,168       168,239  

Impairment (Note 24)

     8,361                   8,361  

Disposals/retirements

     (56,986     (52,467     (3,110     (112,563

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     24,028       2,803       761       27,592  

 As at September 30, 2020

     649,871       52,857       29,606       732,334  

 Net carrying amount as at September 30, 2020

     474,387       181,119       11,359       666,865  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 93


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

8.

Contract costs

 

              As at September 30, 2020              As at September 30, 2019  
      Cost      Accumulated
amortization
    

Net

carrying
amount

     Cost      Accumulated
amortization
    

Net

carrying
amount

 
     $        $        $        $        $        $  

 Transition costs

     477,174        246,468        230,706        476,075        258,283        217,792  

 Incentives

     67,545        58,875        8,670        61,258        56,085        5,173  
       544,719        305,343        239,376        537,333        314,368        222,965  

 

9.

Intangible assets

 

      Internal-use
software
acquired
    Internal-use
software
internally
developed
    Business
solutions
acquired
    Business
solutions
internally
developed
    Software
licenses
    Client
relationships
    Total  
     $       $       $       $       $       $       $  

 Cost

              

As at September 30, 2019

     99,204       123,289       81,028       511,384       221,510       1,095,339       2,131,754  

Additions

     929       9,861       229       88,900       10,738             110,657  

Additions - business acquisitions (Note 27a)

                             507       47,303       47,810  

Disposals/retirements

     (4,652     (2,826     (7,506     (34,810     (47,888     (2,376     (100,058

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,419       974       2,527       5,541       5,505       47,596       63,562  

 As at September 30, 2020

     96,900       131,298       76,278       571,015       190,372       1,187,862       2,253,725  

 Accumulated amortization

              

As at September 30, 2019

     80,467       69,095       79,907       317,846       159,591       906,866       1,613,772  

Amortization expense (Note 24)

     7,336       12,986       316       41,928       26,411       68,401       157,378  

Impairment (Note 24)

                       10,633                   10,633  

Disposals/retirements

     (4,652     (2,826     (7,506     (34,810     (47,146     (453     (97,393

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,280       490       2,453       2,525       3,600       37,525       47,873  

 As at September 30, 2020

     84,431       79,745       75,170       338,122       142,456       1,012,339       1,732,263  

 Net carrying amount as at September 30, 2020

     12,469       51,553       1,108       232,893       47,916       175,523       521,462  
      Internal-use
software
acquired
    Internal-use
software
internally
developed
    Business
solutions
acquired
    Business
solutions
internally
developed
    Software
licenses
    Client
relationships
    Total  
     $       $       $       $       $       $       $  

 Cost

              

As at September 30, 2018

     95,707       114,701       82,256       444,593       216,490       1,025,083       1,978,830  

Additions

     4,321       9,433       911       61,693       20,196             96,554  

Additions - business acquisitions (Note 27b)

     77                         201       113,786       114,064  

Disposals/retirements

     (436     (326     (803     (46     (13,281     (24,321     (39,213

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (465     (519     (1,336     5,144       (2,096     (19,209     (18,481

 As at September 30, 2019

     99,204       123,289       81,028       511,384       221,510       1,095,339       2,131,754  

 Accumulated amortization

              

As at September 30, 2018

     72,177       58,212       80,586       277,092       145,078       866,359       1,499,504  

Amortization expense (Note 24)

     8,872       11,513       1,319       37,318       29,356       76,182       164,560  

Disposals/retirements

     (436     (326     (803     (46     (13,247     (24,321     (39,179

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (146     (304     (1,195     3,482       (1,596     (11,354     (11,113

 As at September 30, 2019

     80,467       69,095       79,907       317,846       159,591       906,866       1,613,772  

 Net carrying amount as at September 30, 2019

     18,737       54,194       1,121       193,538       61,919       188,473       517,982  

 

94


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

10.

Other long-term assets

 

      As at
September 30, 2020
     As at
September 30, 2019
 
     $        $  

 Prepaid long-term maintenance agreements

     17,567        20,532  

 Insurance contracts held to fund defined benefit pension and life assurance arrangements - reimbursement rights (Note 17)

     24,033        23,879  

 Retirement benefits assets (Note 17)

     86,127        96,620  

 Deposits

     13,312        13,999  

 Deferred financing fees

     3,408        3,798  

 Other

     19,292        21,652  
       163,739        180,480  
11.  Long-term financial assets              
      As at
September 30, 2020
     As at
September 30, 2019
 
     $        $  

 Deferred compensation plan assets (Notes 17 and 32)

     73,156        62,627  

 Long-term investments (Note 32)

     22,612        24,596  

 Long-term receivables

     20,623        18,034  

 Long-term derivative financial instruments (Note 32)

     40,178        71,642  
       156,569        176,899  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 95


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

12.

Goodwill

Effective October 1, 2019, the Company realigned its management structure, resulting primarily in the creation of two new operating segments, namely Scandinavia (Sweden, Denmark and Norway) and Finland, Poland and Baltics, collectively formerly known as Northern Europe in the prior fiscal year. As a result, the Company is now managed through nine operating segments, namely: Western and Southern Europe (primarily France, Portugal and Belgium); United States (U.S.) Commercial and State Government; Canada; U.S. Federal; United Kingdom (U.K.) and Australia; Central and Eastern Europe (primarily Germany and Netherlands); Scandinavia; Finland, Poland and Baltics; and Asia Pacific Global Delivery Centers of Excellence (mainly India and Philippines) (Asia Pacific). This realignment of management structure also included, to a lesser extent, transfers of some lines of business between our operating segments.

Due to the changes in operating segments and that CGUs correspond to the operating segments, the Company reallocated goodwill to the revised CGUs using their relative fair value.

The operating segments reflect the fiscal year 2020 management structure and the way that the chief operating decision-maker, who is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, evaluates the business.    

The Company completed the annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year 2020 and did not identify any impairment.

The variations in goodwill were as follows:

 

     

Western

and

Southern
Europe

     U.S.
Commercial
and State
Government
     Canada     

U.S.

Federal

    U.K. and
Australia
     Central
and
Eastern
Europe
     Scandinavia    

Finland,
Poland

and

Baltics

     Asia
Pacific
     Total  
     $        $        $        $       $        $        $       $        $        $  

 As at September 30, 2019

     975,075        1,134,246        1,136,737        918,064       806,318        820,565        1,703,927              272,905        7,767,837  

 Business acquisitions (Note 27)

     32,272               5,411        86,882       53,021        95,285        (6,604                   266,267  

 Goodwill reallocation

            6,324               (6,324                   (613,472     613,472                

 Sale of business

                                              (3,411                   (3,411

 Foreign currency translation adjustment

     81,752        6,737               540       45,633        69,999        89,433       46,406        8,738        349,238  

 As at September 30, 2020

     1,089,099        1,147,307        1,142,148        999,162       904,972        985,849        1,169,873       659,878        281,643        8,379,931  

Key assumptions in goodwill impairment testing

The key assumptions for the CGUs are disclosed in the following tables for the years ended September 30:

 

2020    Western
and
Southern
Europe
     U.S.
Commercial
and State
Government
     Canada      U.S.
Federal
     U.K. and
Australia
     Central and
Eastern
Europe
     Scandinavia      Finland,
Poland
and
Baltics
     Asia
Pacific
 
     %        %        %        %        %        %        %        %        %  

Pre-tax WACC

     11.2        9.3        9.6        8.5        9.3        10.2        10.0        10.8        23.0  

Long-term growth rate of net operating cash flows1

     1.7        2.0        2.0        2.0        2.0        1.9        1.9        1.7        2.0  
2019    Western
and
Southern
Europe
     U.S.
Commercial
and State
Government
     Canada      U.S.
Federal
     U.K. and
Australia
     Central and
Eastern
Europe
    

Northern            

Europe            

     Asia
Pacific
 
     %        %        %        %        %        %        %                    %  

Pre-tax WACC

     9.1        10.0        8.9        9.9        8.9        9.1        9.4                    21.4  

Long-term growth rate of net operating cash flows1

     1.8        2.0        2.0        2.0        1.9        1.5        1.8                    2.0  

 

1 

The long-term growth rate is based on published industry research.

 

96


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

13.

Provisions

 

      Restructuring1      Decommissioning
liabilities2
       Others3        Total  
     $        $          $          $  

 As at September 30, 2019

     39,212        25,824          33,419          98,455  

 Adoption of IFRS 16 (Note 3)

                     (5,987        (5,987

 As at October 1, 2019

     39,212        25,824          27,432          92,468  

 Additional provisions

     193,592        5,328          34,842          233,762  

 Business acquisitions

            351          24,823          25,174  

 Utilized amounts

     (119,331      (3,667        (24,091        (147,089

 Reversals of unused amounts

            (3,006        (6,532        (9,538

 Discount rate adjustment and imputed interest

            158                   158  

 Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,799        1,573          1,213          4,585  

 As at September 30, 2020

     115,272        26,561          57,687          199,520  

 Current portion

     112,731        8,609          54,292          175,632  

 Non-current portion

     2,541        17,952          3,395          23,888  

 

1 

See Note 25, Restructuring costs and Note 27c), Investments in subsidiaries.

 

2 

As at September 30, 2020, the decommissioning liabilities were based on the expected cash flows of $27,390,000 and were discounted at a weighted average rate of 0.59%. The timing of settlements of these obligations ranges between one and thirteen years as at September 30, 2020. The reversals of unused amounts are mostly due to favourable settlements.

 

3 

As at September 30, 2020, others included onerous revenue-generating contracts, onerous supplier contracts and litigation and claims.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 97


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

14.

Long-term debt

 

      As at
September 30, 2020
       As at
September 30, 2019
 
     $          $  

 Senior U.S. unsecured note repayable of $333,125 (U.S.$250,000) in December 20211

     339,682          332,533  

 Senior unsecured notes repayable in September by tranches of $73,288 (U.S.$55,000) in 2021, $399,750 (U.S.$300,000) in 2024, $266,500 (U.S.$200,000) in four yearly repayments of U.S.$50,000 from 2021 to 2024 and $132,787 (85,000) in 20212

     872,283          924,021  

 Unsecured committed revolving credit facility3

              334,370  

 Unsecured committed term loan credit facilities4

     2,330,288          661,939  

 Obligations under finance leases repayable in blended monthly installments (maturing at various dates until 2024, bearing a weighted average interest rate of 2.44% in 2019) (Note 3)

              30,339  

 Other long-term debt

     44,842          48,005  

  

     3,587,095          2,331,207  

 Current portion

     310,764          113,511  
       3,276,331          2,217,696  

 

1 

As at September 30, 2020, an amount of $333,125,000 was borrowed, plus fair value adjustments relating to interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of $6,470,000 and less financing fees. The private placement financing with U.S. institutional investors is comprised of one tranche of Senior U.S. unsecured note, due in December 2021, with an interest rate of 4.99% (interest rate of 4.99% in 2019). The Senior U.S. unsecured note contains covenants that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios (Note 33). As at September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

2 

As at September 30, 2020, an amount of $872,325,000 was borrowed, less financing fees. The private placement is comprised of three tranches of Senior U.S. unsecured notes and one tranche of Senior euro unsecured note, with a weighted average maturity of 2.8 years and a weighted average interest rate of 3.64% (3.66% in 2019). In September 2020, the Company repaid the third of the seven yearly scheduled repayments of U.S.$50,000,000 on a tranche of the Senior U.S. unsecured notes for a total amount of $65,860,000 and settled the related cross-currency swaps (Note 32). The Senior unsecured notes contain covenants that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios (Note 33). As at September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

3 

The Company has an unsecured committed revolving credit facility available for an amount of $1,500,000,000 that expires in December 2024. This facility bears interest at bankers’ acceptance, LIBOR or Canadian prime, plus a variable margin that is determined based on the Company’s leverage ratio. As at September 30, 2020, there was no amount drawn upon this facility. An amount of $9,699,000 has been committed against this facility to cover various letters of credit issued for clients and other parties. The unsecured committed revolving credit facility contains covenants that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios (Note 33). As at September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

4 

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company entered into the 2020 Term Loan for a total principal amount of U.S.$1,250,000,000 (Note 32). The 2020 Term Loan expires in March 2022, bears interest based on the 1 month USD LIBOR rate, plus a variable margin that is determined based on the Company’s leverage ratio. As at September 30, 2020, an amount of $1,665,625,000 was borrowed less financing fees with a weighted average interest rate of 0.16% and a margin of 1.50%. In addition, the Company has an unsecured committed term loan credit facility for a notional amount of U.S.$500,000,000 expiring in December 2023. This facility bears interest based on the 1 month USD LIBOR rate, plus a variable margin that is determined based on the Company’s leverage ratio. As at September 30, 2020, an amount of $666,250,000 was borrowed less financing fees with a weighted average interest rate ratio of 0.16% and a margin of 1.00%. The unsecured committed term loan credit facilities contains covenants that require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios (Note 33). As at September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

98


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

 

15.

Other long-term liabilities

 

     As at
September 30, 2020
     As at
September 30, 2019
 
       $        $  

Deferred revenue

     38,466        70,522  

Deferred compensation plan liabilities (Note 17)

     82,221        63,838  

Deferred rent (Note 3)

            64,655  

Other1

     64,687        14,377  
       185,374        213,392  

 

1

As at September 30, 2020, other is mainly composed of $48,299,000 in relation with the deferral of the employer side social security payments under the U.S. Government Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act).

 

16.

Income taxes

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020       2019  
     $       $  

Current income tax expense

    

Current income tax expense in respect of the current year

     416,563       439,972  

Adjustments recognized in the current year in relation to the income tax expense of prior years

     (24,328     (17,934

Total current income tax expense

     392,235       422,038  

Deferred income tax expense (recovery)

    

Deferred income tax recovery relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences

     (1,120     (959

Deferred income tax (recovery) expense relating to changes in tax rates

     (3,479     784  

Adjustments recognized in the current year in relation to the deferred income tax recovery of prior years

     10,769        

Recognition of previously unrecognized temporary differences

           (8,122

Total deferred income tax expense (recovery)

     6,170       (8,297

Total income tax expense

     398,405       413,741  

The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the combined Federal and Provincial Canadian statutory tax rate as follows:

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020       2019  
     %       %  

Company’s statutory tax rate

     26.5       26.6  

Effect of foreign tax rate differences

     (0.9     (1.6

Final determination from agreements with tax authorities and expirations of statutes of limitations

     (0.9     (1.4

Non-deductible and tax exempt items

     0.2       0.2  

Effect of integration-related costs

     0.7       0.1  

Minimum income tax charge

     0.9       0.8  

Changes in tax laws and rates

     (0.2      

Effective income tax rate

     26.3       24.7  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 99


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

16. Income taxes (continued)

 

The continuity schedule of deferred tax balances is as follows:

 

      As at
September
30, 2019
   

Adoption

of IFRS 16

(Note 3)

    As at
October
1, 2020
   

Additions
from
business

acquisitions

   

Recognized

in earnings

   

Recognized

in other
comprehensive

income

   

Recognized

in equity

    Foreign currency
translation
adjustment and
other
    As at
September
30, 2020
 
     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, provisions and other long-term liabilities

     67,926       (17,150     50,776       47       12,819       (7           573       64,208  

Tax benefits on losses carried forward

     59,163             59,163       886       (17,492                 3,671       46,228  

Accrued compensation

     45,407             45,407             (2,464           (16,933     1,410       27,420  

Retirement benefits obligations

     17,904             17,904       60       (4,959     8,282             1,879       23,166  

Lease liabilities

           231,562       231,562       3,751       (18,864                 6,548       222,997  

PP&E, contract costs, intangible assets and other long-term assets

     (123,147           (123,147     (5,933     (6,710                 (670     (136,460

Right-of-use assets

           (182,822     (182,822     (3,658     21,133                   (6,488     (171,835

Work in progress

     (43,569           (43,569     170       9,532                   (410     (34,277

Goodwill

     (60,366           (60,366     (757     (2,127                 (959     (64,209

Refundable tax credits on salaries

     (25,819           (25,819           3,095                         (22,724

Cash flow hedges

     (13,903           (13,903           (869     13,773             524       (475

Other

     (1,322           (1,322     1,354       736       1,095             (759     1,104  

Deferred taxes, net

     (77,726     31,590       (46,136     (4,080     (6,170     23,143       (16,933     5,319       (44,857

 

        As at
September
30, 2018
      

Additions from
business

acquisitions

       Recognized in
earnings
      

Recognized

in other
comprehensive

income

       Recognized
in equity
       Foreign currency
translation
adjustment and
other
       As at
September
30, 2019
 
       $        $        $        $        $        $        $  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, provisions and other long-term liabilities

       78,177          (3,220        (8,394                          1,363          67,926  

Tax benefits on losses carried forward

       62,415                   (1,001                          (2,251        59,163  

Accrued compensation

       34,887          18          3,995                   6,132          375          45,407  

Retirement benefits obligations

       25,418                   (2,683        (4,324                 (507        17,904  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

       (260                 260                                      

PP&E, contract costs, intangible assets and other long-term assets

       (106,207        (24,514        7,788                            (214        (123,147

Work in progress

       (59,142                 16,010                            (437        (43,569

Goodwill

       (53,891                 (5,407                          (1,068        (60,366

Refundable tax credits on salaries

       (26,502                 683                                     (25,819

Cash flow hedges

       12,398                   (1,470        (25,290                 459          (13,903

Other

       (638        76          (1,484        2,374                   (1,650        (1,322

Deferred taxes, net

       (33,345        (27,640        8,297          (27,240        6,132          (3,930        (77,726

The deferred tax balances are presented as follows in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

      As at
September 30, 2020
    As at
September 30, 2019
 
     $       $  

Deferred tax assets

     113,484       100,539  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (158,341     (178,265
       (44,857     (77,726

 

100


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

16. Income taxes (continued)

 

As at September 30, 2020, the Company had $291,255,000 ($367,352,000 as at September 30, 2019) in operating tax losses carried forward, of which $59,390,000 ($37,480,000 as at September 30, 2019) expire at various dates from 2029 to 2040 and $231,865,000 ($329,872,000 as at September 30, 2019) have no expiry dates. As at September 30, 2020, a deferred income tax asset of $41,380,000 ($54,814,000 as at September 30, 2019) has been recognized on $217,563,000 ($289,976,000 as at September 30, 2019) of these losses. The deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that taxable income will be available against which the unused tax losses can be utilized. As at September 30, 2020, the Company had $31,639,000 ($29,287,000 as at September 30, 2019) of the unrecognized operating tax losses that will expire at various dates from 2029 to 2032 and 42,053,000 ($48,089,000 as at September 30, 2019) that have no expiry date.

As at September 30, 2020, the Company had $485,546,000 ($471,772,000 as at September 30, 2019) in non-operating tax losses carried forward that have no expiry dates. As at September 30, 2020, a deferred income tax asset of $4,848,000 ($4,349,000 as at September 30, 2019) has been recognized on $19,436,000 ($18,151,000 as at September 30, 2019) of these losses. As at September 30, 2020, the Company had $466,110,000 ($453,621,000 as at September 30, 2019) of unrecognized non-operating tax losses.

As at September 30, 2020, the Company had $836,101,000 ($149,121,000 as at September 30, 2019) of cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries. The tax implications of the repatriation of cash and cash equivalents not considered indefinitely reinvested have been accounted for and will not materially affect the Company’s liquidity. In addition, the Company has not recorded deferred tax liabilities on undistributed earnings of $5,565,437,000 ($4,457,906,000 as at September 30, 2019) coming from its foreign subsidiaries as they are considered indefinitely reinvested. Upon distribution of these earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company may be subject to taxation.

On September 30, 2019, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $18,500,000 attributable to the recognition of additional operating tax losses following a settlement with the German tax authority.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 101


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

    

 

17.

Employee benefits

The Company operates various post-employment plans, including defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans as well as other benefit plans for its employees.

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS

The Company operates defined benefit pension plans primarily for the benefit of employees in the U.K., Germany and France, with smaller plans in other countries. The benefits are based on pensionable salary and years of service and are funded with assets held in separate funds.

The defined benefit plans expose the Company to interest risk, inflation risk, longevity risk, currency risk and market investment risk.

The following description focuses mainly on plans registered in the U.K., Germany and France:

U.K.

In the U.K., the Company has three defined benefit pension plans, the CMG U.K. Pension Scheme, the Logica U.K. Pension & Life Assurance Scheme and the Logica Defined Benefit Pension Plan.

The CMG U.K. Pension Scheme is closed to new members and is closed to further accrual of rights for existing members. The Logica U.K. Pension & Life Assurance Scheme is still open but only for employees who come from the civil service with protected pensions. The Logica Defined Benefit Pension Plan was created to mirror the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme and was created for employees that worked for National Grid and Welsh Water with protected benefits.

Both the Logica U.K. Pension & Life Assurance Scheme and the Logica Defined Benefit Pension Plan are employer and employee based contribution plans.

The trustees are the custodians of the defined benefit pension plans and are responsible for the plan administration, including investment strategies. The trustees review periodically the investment and the asset allocation policies. As such, the CMG U.K. Pension Scheme policy is to target an allocation up to a maximum of 70% to return-seeking assets such as equities; the Logica U.K. Pension & Life Assurance Scheme policy is to invest 15% of the scheme assets in equities and 85% in bonds; and the Logica Defined Benefit Pension Plan policy is to invest 30% of the plan assets in equities and 70% in bonds.

The U.K. Pensions Act 2004 requires that full formal actuarial valuations are carried out at least every three years to determine the contributions that the Company should pay in order for the plan to meet its statutory objective, taking into account the assets already held. In the interim years, the trustees need to obtain estimated funding updates unless the scheme has less than 100 members in total.

The latest funding actuarial valuations of the three defined benefit pension plans described above were performed as at September 30, 2018 and the results were finalized during the year ended September 30, 2020 with the following recommendations:

 

 

The actuarial valuation of the CMG U.K. Pension Scheme reported a deficit of $26,546,000. A new recovery plan was proposed, and during fiscal 2020, the Company contributed a total amount of $12,432,000 to ensure that the funding objectives of the scheme were met, and stopped the contributions on June 30, 2020 accordingly to the plan. The Company also contributed an amount of $1,279,000 to cover administration expenses; and

 

 

The actuarial valuation of the Logica Defined Benefit Pension Plan specified that no supplementary contributions were required after November 30, 2019 in order to reach the plan funding objectives. During fiscal 2020, the Company contributed a total amount of $344,200 and then stopped the contributions.

Germany

In Germany, the Company has numerous defined benefit pension plans which are all closed to new members. In the majority of the plans, upon retirement of employees, the benefits are in the form of a monthly pension and in a few plans, the employees receive an indemnity in the form of a lump-sum payment. About one third of the plans are bound by the former Works Council agreements. There are no mandatory funding requirements. The plans are funded by the contributions made by the Company. In some plans, insurance policies are taken out to fund retirement benefit plans. These do not qualify as plan assets and are presented as reimbursement rights, unless they are part of a reinsured support fund or are pledged to the employees.

 

102


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

17.

Employee benefits (continued)

 

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

France

In France, the retirement indemnities are provided in accordance with the Labour Code. Upon retirement, employees receive an indemnity, depending on the salary and seniority in the Company, in the form of a lump-sum payment.

The following tables present amounts for post-employment benefits plans included in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

As at September 30, 2020

     U.K.       Germany       France       Other       Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

Defined benefit obligations

     (891,628     (104,090     (84,442     (83,584     (1,163,744

Fair value of plan assets

     977,137       12,766       692       33,829       1,024,424  
     85,509       (91,324     (83,750     (49,755     (139,320

Fair value of reimbursement rights

           22,505             1,528       24,033  

Net asset (liability) recognized in the balance sheet

     85,509       (68,819     (83,750     (48,227     (115,287

Presented as:

          

Other long-term assets (Note 10)

          

Insurance contracts held to fund defined benefit pension and life assurance arrangements - reimbursement rights

           22,505             1,528       24,033  

Retirement benefits assets

     85,509                   618       86,127  

Retirement benefits obligations

           (91,324     (83,750     (50,373     (225,447
       85,509       (68,819     (83,750     (48,227     (115,287

As at September 30, 2019

     U.K.       Germany       France       Other       Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

Defined benefit obligations

     (812,179     (101,298     (58,048     (73,059     (1,044,584

Fair value of plan assets

     908,406       12,803             26,786       947,995  
     96,227       (88,495     (58,048     (46,273     (96,589

Fair value of reimbursement rights

           22,360             1,519       23,879  

Net asset (liability) recognized in the balance sheet

     96,227       (66,135     (58,048     (44,754     (72,710

Presented as:

          

Other long-term assets (Note 10)

          

Insurance contracts held to fund defined benefit pension and life assurance arrangements - reimbursement rights

           22,360             1,519       23,879  

Retirement benefits assets

     96,227                   393       96,620  

Retirement benefits obligations

           (88,495     (58,048     (46,666     (193,209
       96,227       (66,135     (58,048     (44,754     (72,710

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 103


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

17.

Employee benefits (continued)

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

Defined benefit obligations

     U.K.       Germany       France       Other       Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

As at September 30, 2019

     812,179       101,298       58,048       73,059       1,044,584  

Current service cost

     1,060       776       4,665       7,974       14,475  

Interest cost

     15,253       576       347       2,878       19,054  

Business acquisitions (Note 27a)

                 1,732             1,732  

Actuarial losses (gains) due to change in financial assumptions1

     36,135       (1,258     4,279       1,138       40,294  

Actuarial losses due to change in demographic assumptions1

     17,671             6,401             24,072  

Actuarial (gains) losses due to experience1

     (8,033     (530     4,054       (1,374     (5,883

Plan participant contributions

     91                         91  

Benefits paid from the plan

     (28,793     (1,645           (2,426     (32,864

Benefits paid directly by employer

           (2,787     (454     (1,832     (5,073

Foreign currency translation adjustment1

     46,065       7,660       5,370       4,167       63,262  

As at September 30, 2020

     891,628       104,090       84,442       83,584       1,163,744  

Defined benefit obligations of unfunded plans

                 84,442       35,070       119,512  

Defined benefit obligations of funded plans

     891,628       104,090             48,514       1,044,232  

As at September 30, 2020

     891,628       104,090       84,442       83,584       1,163,744  

Defined benefit obligations

     U.K.       Germany       France       Other       Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

As at September 30, 2018

     760,244       89,959       55,276       58,594       964,073  

Current service cost

     889       689       4,251       6,547       12,376  

Interest cost

     21,261       1,512       950       3,558       27,281  

Past service cost

     8,239                         8,239  

Business acquisitions (Note 27b)

           1,444             6,550       7,994  

Actuarial losses due to change in financial assumptions1

     99,257       15,253       7,806       7,072       129,388  

Actuarial gains due to change in demographic assumptions1

     (6,947     (292     (6,667     (1,802     (15,708

Actuarial (gains) losses due to experience1

     (16,773     1,065       (11     (1,389     (17,108

Plan participant contributions

     102                         102  

Benefits paid from the plan

     (25,395     (263           (3,228     (28,886

Benefits paid directly by employer

           (4,020     (1,248     (1,831     (7,099

Foreign currency translation adjustment1

     (28,698     (4,049     (2,309     (1,012     (36,068
           

As at September 30, 2019

     812,179       101,298       58,048       73,059       1,044,584  

Defined benefit obligations of unfunded plans

                 58,048       34,690       92,738  

Defined benefit obligations of funded plans

     812,179       101,298             38,369       951,846  
           

As at September 30, 2019

     812,179       101,298       58,048       73,059       1,044,584  

 

1

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

104


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

17.

Employee benefits (continued)

 

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

Plan assets and reimbursement rights

     U.K.       Germany       France       Other       Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

As at September 30, 2019

     908,406       35,163             28,305       971,874  

Interest income on plan assets

     17,255       204       3       964       18,426  

Business acquisitions (Note 27a)

                 664             664  

Employer contributions

     14,398       2,430       454       6,874       24,156  

Return on assets excluding interest income1

     15,976       46             (396     15,626  

Plan participants contributions

     91                         91  

Benefits paid from the plan

     (28,793     (1,645           (2,426     (32,864

Benefits paid directly by employer

           (2,787     (454     (1,831     (5,072

Administration expenses paid from the plan

     (1,189                 (58     (1,247

Foreign currency translation adjustment1

     50,993       1,860       25       3,925       56,803  

As at September 30, 2020

     977,137       35,271       692       35,357       1,048,457  

Plan assets

     977,137       12,766       692       33,829       1,024,424  

Reimbursement rights

           22,505             1,528       24,033  

As at September 30, 2020

     977,137       35,271       692       35,357       1,048,457  

Plan assets and reimbursement rights

     U.K.       Germany       France       Other       Total  
     $       $       $       $       $  

As at September 30, 2018

     787,550       36,420             22,903       846,873  

Interest income on plan assets

     22,271       620             2,425       25,316  

Employer contributions

     24,430       2,765       1,248       7,025       35,468  

Return on assets excluding interest income1

     133,821       (784           669       133,706  

Plan participants contributions

     102                         102  

Benefits paid from the plan

     (25,395     (263           (3,228     (28,886

Benefits paid directly by employer

           (2,576     (1,248     (1,831     (5,655

Administration expenses paid from the plan

     (1,696                 (152     (1,848

Foreign currency translation adjustment1

     (32,677     (1,019           494       (33,202

As at September 30, 2019

     908,406       35,163             28,305       971,874  

Plan assets

     908,406       12,803             26,786       947,995  

Reimbursement rights

           22,360             1,519       23,879  

As at September 30, 2019

     908,406       35,163             28,305       971,874  

 

1

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 105


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

17.

Employee benefits (continued)

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

The plan assets at the end of the years consist of:

 

As at September 30, 2020

     U.K.        Germany        France        Other        Total  
     $        $        $        $        $  

Quoted equities

     472,318                             472,318  

Quoted bonds

     93,003                             93,003  

Cash

     52,230                      88        52,318  

Other1

     359,586        12,766        692        33,741        406,785  
       977,137        12,766        692        33,829        1,024,424  

As at September 30, 2019

     U.K.        Germany        France        Other        Total  
     $        $        $        $        $  

Quoted equities

     366,203                             366,203  

Quoted bonds

     200,599                             200,599  

Cash

     111,454                      91        111,545  

Other1

     230,150        12,803               26,695        269,648  
       908,406        12,803               26,786        947,995  

 

1 

Other is mainly composed of various insurance policies and quoted investment funds to cover some of the defined benefit obligations.

Plan assets do not include any shares of the Company, property occupied by the Company or any other assets used by the Company.

The following table summarizes the expense1 recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings:

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020        2019  
     $        $  

Current service cost

     14,475        12,376  

Past service cost

            8,239  

Net interest on net defined benefit obligations or assets

     629        1,965  

Administration expenses

     1,247        1,848  
       16,351        24,428  

 

1 

The expense was presented as costs of services, selling and administrative for an amount of $14,475,000 and as net finance costs for an amount of $1,876,000 (Note 26) ($20,615,000 and $3,813,000, respectively for the year ended September 30, 2019).

 

106


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

17.

Employee benefits (continued)

 

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

Actuarial assumptions

The following are the principal actuarial assumptions (expressed as weighted averages). The assumed discount rates, future salary and pension increases, inflation rates and mortality all have a significant effect on the accounting valuation.

 

As at September 30, 2020

     U.K        Germany        France        Other  
     %        %        %        %  

Discount rate

     1.53        0.65        0.65        3.11  

Future salary increases

     2.84        2.50        3.79        1.51  

Future pension increases

     2.82        1.50               2.51  

Inflation rate

     2.84        2.00        2.00        0.08  

As at September 30, 2019

     U.K.        Germany        France        Other  
     %        %        %        %  

Discount rate

     1.82        0.56        0.56        3.05  

Future salary increases

     3.03        2.50        3.29        1.07  

Future pension increases

     3.00        1.50               0.06  

Inflation rate

     3.03        2.00        2.00        2.40  

The average longevity over 65 of a member presently at age 45 and 65 are as follows:

 

As at September 30, 2020

     U.K.                Germany  
        (in years  

Longevity at age 65 for current members

       

Males

     21.8          20.0  

Females

     23.7          23.0  

Longevity at age 45 for current members

       

Males

     23.2          24.0  

Females

     25.3                26.0  

As at September 30, 2019

     U.K.                Germany  
        (in years )   

Longevity at age 65 for current members

       

Males

     21.8          20.0  

Females

     23.1          23.0  

Longevity at age 45 for current members

       

Males

     23.6          24.0  

Females

     25.2                26.0  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 107


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

17.

Employee benefits (continued)

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

 

Actuarial assumptions (continued)

Assumptions regarding future mortality are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics and experience in each country. Mortality assumptions for the most significant countries are based on the following post-retirement mortality tables for the year ended September 30, 2020: (1) U.K.: 100% S2PxA (year of birth) plus CMI_2018 projections with 1.25% p.a. minimum long term improvement rate, (2) Germany: Heubeck RT2018G and (3) France: INSEE TVTD 2014-2016.

The following tables show the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligations to changes in the principal actuarial assumptions:

 

As at September 30, 2020

     U.K.       Germany       France  
     $       $       $  

Increase of 0.25% in the discount rate

     (36,622     (3,445     (2,936

Decrease of 0.25% in the discount rate

     38,192       3,632       3,079  

Salary increase of 0.25%

     441       36       3,091  

Salary decrease of 0.25%

     (437     (36     (2,962

Pension increase of 0.25%

     18,528       1,598        

Pension decrease of 0.25%

     (18,132     (1,531      

Increase of 0.25% in inflation rate

     29,148       1,598       3,091  

Decrease of 0.25% in inflation rate

     (28,207     (1,531     (2,962

Increase of one year in life expectancy

     27,126       3,615       558  

Decrease of one year in life expectancy

     (26,843     (3,040     (592

As at September 30, 2019

     U.K.       Germany       France  
     $       $       $  

Increase of 0.25% in the discount rate

     (33,082     (3,440     (2,027

Decrease of 0.25% in the discount rate

     34,484       3,632       2,126  

Salary increase of 0.25%

     408       56       2,132  

Salary decrease of 0.25%

     (404     (55     (2,044

Pension increase of 0.25%

     16,758       1,601        

Pension decrease of 0.25%

     (16,398     (1,531      

Increase of 0.25% in inflation rate

     26,342       1,601       2,132  

Decrease of 0.25% in inflation rate

     (25,490     (1,531     (2,044

Increase of one year in life expectancy

     20,884       3,325       384  

Decrease of one year in life expectancy

     (20,824     (2,938     (406

The sensitivity analysis above has been based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the defined benefit obligations as a result of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring at the end of the year.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020        2019  
     (in years)  

U.K.

     18        18  

Germany

     14        14  

France

     14        14  

Other

     12        13  

 

108


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

17.

Employee benefits (continued)

 

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

 

The Company expects to contribute $7,903,000 to defined benefit plans during the next year, of which $1,657,000 relates to the U.K. plans, and $6,246,000 relates to the other plans. The contributions will include funding payments and new benefit accruals.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

The Company also operates defined contribution pension plans. In some countries, contributions are made into the state pension plans. The pension cost for defined contribution plans amounted to $228,998,000 in 2020 ($221,063,000 in 2019).

In addition, in Sweden, the Company contributes to a multi-employer plan, Alecta SE (Alecta) pension plan, which is a defined benefit pension plan. This pension plan is classified as a defined contribution plan as sufficient information is not available to use defined benefit accounting. Alecta lacks the possibility of establishing an exact distribution of assets and provisions to the respective employers. The Company’s proportion of the total contributions to the plan is 0.40% and the Company’s proportion of the total number of active members in the plan is 0.50%.

Alecta uses a collective funding ratio to determine the surplus or deficit in the pension plan. Any surplus or deficit in the plan will affect the amount of future contributions payable. The collective funding is the difference between Alecta’s assets and the commitments to the policy holders and insured individuals. The collective solvency is normally allowed to vary between 125% and 175%. As at September 30, 2020, Alecta collective funding ratio was 144% (142% in 2019). The plan expense was $30,269,000 in 2020 ($32,512,000 in 2019). The Company expects to contribute $25,709,000 to the plan during the next year.

OTHER BENEFIT PLANS

As at September 30, 2020, the deferred compensation liability totaled $82,221,000 ($63,838,000 as at September 30, 2019) (Note 15) and the deferred compensation assets totaled $73,156,000 ($62,627,000 as at September 30, 2019) (Note 11). The deferred compensation liability is mainly related to plans covering some of its U.S. and German management. Some of the plans include assets that will be used to fund the liabilities.

For the deferred compensation plan in the U.S., a trust was established so that the plan assets could be segregated; however, the assets are subject to the Company’s general creditors in the case of bankruptcy. The assets composed of investments vary with employees’ contributions and changes in the value of the investments. The change in liabilities associated with the plan is equal to the change of the assets. The assets in the trust and the associated liabilities totaled $72,743,000 as at September 30, 2020 ($62,247,000 as at September 30, 2019).

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 109


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

    

 

18. Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

     As at       As at  
       September 30, 2020       September 30, 2019  
     $       $  

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to net earnings:

    

Net unrealized gains on translating financial statements of foreign operations, net of accumulated income tax expense of $56,239 ($63,579 as at September 30, 2019)

     1,002,804       596,358  

Net losses on cross-currency swaps and on translating long-term debt designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations, net of accumulated income tax recovery of $63,692 ($67,165 as at September 30, 2019)

     (417,462     (426,376

Deferred gains (costs) of hedging on cross-currency swaps, net of accumulated income tax expense of $4,049 (net of accumulated income tax recovery $1,113 as at September 30, 2019)

     14,053       (4,091

Net unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedges, net of accumulated income tax recovery of $2,554 (net of accumulated income tax expense of $13,003 as at September 30, 2019)

     (5,935     24,157  

Net unrealized gains on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of accumulated income tax expense of $1,291 ($352 as at September 30, 2019)

     4,340       1,486  

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to net earnings:

    

Net remeasurement losses on defined benefit plans, net of accumulated income tax recovery of $18,920 ($8,698 as at September 30, 2019)

     (52,090     (14,840
       545,710       176,694  

For the year ended September 30, 2020, $5,616,000 of the net unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of income tax expense of $1,648,000, previously recognized in other comprehensive income were reclassified in the consolidated statements of earnings

($8,306,000, net of income tax expense of $4,311,000, for the year ended September 30, 2019).

For the year ended September 30, 2020, $10,268,000 of the deferred gains of hedging on cross-currency swaps, net of income tax expense of $3,702,000, were also reclassified in the consolidated statements of earnings (deferred costs of $5,203,000, net of income tax recovery of $1,113,000, for the year ended September 30, 2019).

 

19.

Capital stock

The Company’s authorized share capital is comprised of an unlimited number, all without par value, of:

 

 

First preferred shares, issuable in series, carrying one vote per share, each series ranking equal with other series, but prior to second preferred shares, Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares with respect to the payment of dividends;

 

 

Second preferred shares, issuable in series, non-voting, each series ranking equal with other series, but prior to Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares with respect to the payment of dividends;

 

 

Class A subordinate voting shares, carrying one vote per share, participating equally with Class B multiple voting shares with respect to the payment of dividends and convertible into Class B multiple voting shares under certain conditions in the event of certain takeover bids on Class B multiple voting shares; and

 

 

Class B multiple voting shares, carrying ten votes per share, participating equally with Class A subordinate voting shares with respect to the payment of dividends and convertible at any time at the option of the holder into Class A subordinate voting shares.

 

110


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

19.

Capital stock (continued)

 

For the fiscal years 2020 and 2019, the number of issued and outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares varied as follows:

 

       Class A subordinate voting shares       Class B multiple voting shares                Total  
       Number       Carrying value       Number        Carrying value        Number       Carrying value  
       $          $          $  

As at September 30, 2018

     250,425,114       1,978,210       28,945,706        40,382        279,370,820       2,018,592  

Issued upon exercise of stock options1

     1,942,580       77,773                     1,942,580       77,773  

PSUs exercised2

           7,651                           7,651  

Purchased and cancelled3

     (12,510,232     (169,299                   (12,510,232     (169,299

Purchased and held in trusts4

           (30,740                         (30,740

As at September 30, 2019

     239,857,462       1,863,595       28,945,706        40,382        268,803,168       1,903,977  

Issued upon exercise of stock options1

     1,438,877       69,420                     1,438,877       69,420  

PSUs exercised2

           9,078                           9,078  

Purchased and cancelled3

     (10,605,464     (165,315                   (10,605,464     (165,315

Purchased and held in trusts4

           (55,287                         (55,287

As at September 30, 2020

     230,690,875       1,721,491       28,945,706        40,382        259,636,581       1,761,873  

 

1 

The carrying value of Class A subordinate voting shares includes $12,269,000 ($14,070,000 for the year ended September 30, 2019), which corresponds to a reduction in contributed surplus representing the value of accumulated compensation costs associated with the stock options exercised during the year.

 

2 

During the year ended September 30, 2020, 157,788 PSUs were exercised (160,694 during the year ended September 30, 2019) with a recorded value of $9,078,000 ($7,651,000 during the year ended September 30, 2019) that was removed from contributed surplus. As at September 30, 2020, 1,243,022 Class A subordinate voting shares were held in trusts under the PSU plans (875,480 as at September 30, 2019).

 

3 

On January 29, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and subsequently received the regulatory approval from the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), for the renewal of the Normal Course Issuer Bid (NCIB) for the purchase for cancellation of up to 20,149,100 Class A subordinate voting shares on the open market through the TSX, the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and/or alternative trading systems or otherwise pursuant to exemption orders issued by securities regulators. The Class A subordinate voting shares are available for purchase for cancellation commencing on February 6, 2020 until no later than February 5, 2021, or on such earlier date when the Company has either acquired the maximum number of Class A subordinate voting shares allowable under the NCIB or decided not to make any further purchases for cancellation under it.

 

 

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company purchased for cancellation 6,008,905 Class A subordinate voting shares from the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec for a cash consideration of $600,000,000 (5,158,362 and $500,000,000, respectively during the year ended September 30, 2019). The excess of the purchase price over the carrying value in the amount of $471,455,000 was charged to retained earnings ($389,651,000 during the year ended September 30, 2019). The purchase was made pursuant to an exemption order issued by the Autorité des marchés financiers and is considered within the annual aggregate limit that the Company is entitled to purchase under its current NCIB.

 

 

In addition, during the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company purchased for cancellation 4,596,559 Class A subordinate voting shares (7,301,870 during the year ended September 30, 2019) under its previous and current NCIB for a cash consideration of $443,517,000 ($626,075,000 during the year ended September 30, 2019) and the excess of the purchase price over the carrying value in the amount of $406,747,000 ($567,125,000 during the year ended September 30, 2019) was charged to retained earnings.

 

4 

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the trustees, in accordance with the terms of the PSU plans and Trust Agreements, purchased 525,331 Class A subordinate voting shares of the Company on the open market (374,995 during the year ended September 30, 2019) for a cash consideration of $55,287,000 ($30,740,000 during the year ended September 30, 2019).

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 111


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

20.

Share-based payments

 

a)

Stock options

Under the Company’s stock option plan, the Board of Directors may grant, at its discretion, stock options to purchase Class A subordinate voting shares to certain employees, officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The exercise price is established by the Board of Directors and is equal to the closing price of the Class A subordinate voting shares on the TSX on the day preceding the date of the grant. Stock options generally vest over four years from the date of grant conditionally upon achievement of performance objectives and must be exercised within a ten-year period, except in the event of retirement, termination of employment or death. As at September 30, 2020, 24,442,509 Class A subordinate voting shares were reserved for issuance under the stock option plan.

The following table presents information concerning the outstanding stock options granted by the Company:

 

               2020                2019  
       Number of options      

Weighted
average exercise
price per share
 
 
 
     Number of options      

Weighted
average exercise
price per share
 
 
 
       $          $  

Outstanding, beginning of year

     9,891,592       54.64        12,830,826       52.01  

Granted

     913,560       110.65        52,735       82.59  

Exercised (Note 19)

     (1,438,877     39.72        (1,942,580     32.81  

Forfeited

     (431,223     84.50        (1,045,783     64.11  

Expired

     (955     74.55        (3,606     34.79  

Outstanding, end of year

     8,934,097       61.33        9,891,592       54.64  

Exercisable, end of year

     5,748,402       49.02        5,460,470       41.32  

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for stock options exercised in 2020 was $99.79 ($93.68 in 2019).

The following table summarizes information about the outstanding stock options granted by the Company as at September 30, 2020:

 

                         Options outstanding        Options exercisable  
      

Range of

exercise price

 

 

    
Number of
options
 
 
    


Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
 
 
 
 
    

Weighted
average
exercise price
 
 
 
    
Number of
options
 
 
    

Weighted
average
exercise price
 
 
 
     $           (in years)        $           $  
     14.48 to 38.79        1,945,743        2.70        29.83        1,945,743        29.83  
     39.47 to 50.94        1,356,156        4.68        45.21        1,356,156        45.21  
     52.63 to 63.72        3,235,718        6.43        63.00        2,019,298        62.87  
     67.04 to 87.65        1,523,387        7.92        84.05        426,416        82.94  
       102.79 to 110.73        873,093        9.17        110.70        789        102.79  
                8,934,097        5.87        61.33        5,748,402        49.02  

 

112


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

20.

Share-based payments (continued)

 

a)

Stock options (continued)

 

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year and the weighted average assumptions used in the calculation of their fair value on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows:

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020        2019  

Grant date fair value ($)

     17.71        16.24  

Dividend yield (%)

     0.00        0.00  

Expected volatility (%)1

     16.60        19.79  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     1.55        2.26  

Expected life (years)

     4.00        4.00  

Exercise price ($)

     110.65        82.59  

Share price ($)

     110.65        82.59  

 

1 

Expected volatility was determined using statistical formulas and based on the weekly historical average of closing daily share prices over the period of the expected life of stock options.

 

b)

Performance share units

The Company operates two PSU plans with similar terms and conditions. Under both plans, the Board of Directors may grant PSUs to certain employees and officers which entitle them to receive one Class A subordinate voting share for each PSU. The vesting performance conditions are determined by the Board of Directors at the time of each grant. PSUs expire on the business day preceding December 31 of the third calendar year following the end of the fiscal year during which the PSU award was made, except in the event of retirement, termination of employment or death. Conditionally upon achievement of performance objectives, granted PSUs under the first plan vest annually over a period of four years from the date of the grant and granted PSUs under the second plan vest at the end of the four-year period.

Class A subordinate voting shares purchased in connection with the PSU plans are held in trusts for the benefit of the participants. The trusts, considered as structured entities, are consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements with the cost of the purchased shares recorded as a reduction of capital stock (Note 19).

The following table presents information concerning the number of outstanding PSUs granted by the Company:

 

Outstanding as at September 30, 2018

     658,732  

Granted1

     472,187  

Exercised (Note 19)

     (160,694

Forfeited

     (108,740

Outstanding as at September 30, 2019

     861,485  

Granted1

     607,342  

Exercised (Note 19)

     (157,788

Forfeited

     (79,569

Outstanding as at September 30, 2020

     1,231,470  

 

1 

The PSUs granted in 2020 had a grant date fair value of $107.39 per unit ($83.24 in 2019).

 

c)

Share purchase plan

Under the share purchase plan, the Company contributes an amount equal to a percentage of the employee’s basic contribution, up to a maximum of 3.50%. An employee may make additional contributions in excess of the basic contribution. However, the Company does not match contributions in the case of such additional contributions. The employee and Company’s contributions are remitted to an independent plan administrator who purchases Class A subordinate voting shares on the open market on behalf of the employee through either the TSX or NYSE.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 113


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

20.

Share-based payments (continued)

 

d)

Deferred share unit plan

External members of the Board of Directors (participants) are entitled to receive part or their entire retainer fee in DSUs. DSUs are granted with immediate vesting and must be exercised no later than December 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year during which the participant ceases to act as a director. Each DSU entitles the holder to receive a cash payment equal to the closing price of Class A subordinate voting shares on the TSX on the payment date. As at September 30, 2020, the number of outstanding DSUs was 152,743 (137,571 DSUs as at September 30, 2019).

 

e)

Share-based payment costs

The share-based payment expense recorded in costs of services, selling and administrative is as follows:

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020       2019  
     $       $  

Stock options

     16,378       21,674  

PSUs

     20,979       17,766  

Share purchase plan

     127,983       115,287  

DSUs

     (607     3,334  
       164,733       158,061  

 

21.

Earnings per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended September 30:

 

                         2020                          2019  
       Net earnings       

Weighted average
number of shares
outstanding1
 
 
 
    
Earnings per
share
 
 
     Net earnings       

Weighted average
number of shares
outstanding1
 
 
 
    
Earnings per
share
 
 
     $           $        $           $  

Basic

     1,117,862        262,005,521        4.27        1,263,207        272,719,309        4.63  

Net effect of dilutive stock options and PSUs2

              4,098,541                          5,066,415           
       1,117,862        266,104,062        4.20        1,263,207        277,785,724        4.55  

 

1 

During the year ended September 30, 2020, 10,605,464 Class A subordinate voting shares purchased for cancellation and 1,243,022 Class A subordinate voting shares held in trust were excluded from the calculation of weighted average number of shares outstanding as of the date of transaction (12,460,232 and 875,480, respectively during the year ended September 30, 2019).

 

2 

The calculation of the diluted earnings per share excluded 876,213 stock options for the year ended September 30, 2020 (1,716,774 for the year ended September 30, 2019), as they were anti-dilutive.

 

22.

Remaining performance obligations

Remaining performance obligations relates to Company’s performance obligations that are partially or fully unsatisfied under fixed-fee arrangements.

The amount of the selling price allocated to remaining performance obligations as at September 30, 2020 is $824,854,000

($964,052,000 as at September 30, 2019) and is expected to be recognized as revenue within a weighted average of 1.4 years (1.6 years as at September 30, 2019).

 

114


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

 

23.

Costs of services, selling and administrative

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020        2019  
     $        $  

Salaries and other member costs1

     7,264,839        7,158,588  

Professional fees and other contracted labour

     1,355,065        1,439,915  

Hardware, software and data center related costs

     800,496        873,158  

Property costs

     259,306        363,812  

Amortization, depreciation and impairment (Note 24)

     556,061        388,087  

Other operating expenses

     66,301        60,447  
       10,302,068        10,284,007  

 

1 

Net of R&D and other tax credits of $160,335,000 in 2020 ($171,389,000 in 2019).

 

24.

Amortization, depreciation and impairment

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020        2019  
     $        $  

Depreciation of PP&E (Note 6)

     156,590        159,264  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets (Note 7)

     168,239         

Impairment of right-of-use assets (Note 7)

     3,269         

Amortization of contract costs related to transition costs

     55,905        64,263  

Impairment of contract costs related to transition costs

     4,047         

Amortization of intangible assets (Note 9)

     157,378        164,560  

Impairment of intangible assets (Note 9)

     10,633         

Included in costs of services, selling and administrative (Note 23)

     556,061        388,087  

Amortization of contract costs related to incentives (presented as a reduction of revenue)

     2,535        2,919  

Amortization of deferred financing fees (presented in finance costs)

     890        1,012  

Amortization of premiums and discounts on investments related to funds held for clients (presented net as a reduction of revenue)

     79        283  

Impairment of PP&E (presented in restructuring costs) (Note 6 and 25)

     1,035         

Impairment of right-of-use assets (presented in restructuring costs) (Note 7 and 25)

     5,092         
       565,692        392,301  

 

25.

Restructuring costs

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company incurred restructuring costs related to terminations of employment primarily in France, Canada and Germany, in relation with the COVID-19 impacts.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company also announced a restructuring plan mainly for the closure of the Brazil operations, the refocusing of the Portugal infrastructure business towards nearshore delivery and the optimization of the Sweden infrastructure business.

The Company recorded $155,411,000 of restructuring costs during the year ended September 30, 2020 (nil during the year ended September 30, 2019).

This amount includes restructuring costs for terminations of employment of $144,202,000, accounted for in restructuring provisions, impairment of PP&E of $1,035,000 (Notes 6 and 24), impairment of right-of-use assets of $5,092,000 (Note 24), as well as other restructuring costs of $5,082,000.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 115


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

    

 

26.

Net finance costs

 

     Year ended September 30  
       2020       2019  
     $       $  

Interest on long-term debt

     75,667       63,312  

Interest on lease liabilities (Note 3)

     33,017        

Net interest costs on net defined benefit obligations or assets (Note 17)

     1,876       3,813  

Other finance costs

     9,029       15,071  

Finance costs

     119,589       82,196  

Finance income

     (5,115     (11,566
       114,474       70,630  

 

27.

Investments in subsidiaries

 

a)

Business acquisitions realized in current fiscal year

The Company made the following significant acquisitions during the year ended September 30, 2020:

 

 

On December 18, 2019, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of SCISYS Group Plc (SCISYS), for a purchase price of $130,260,000. Predominantly based in United Kingdom and Germany, SCISYS operates in several sectors, with deep expertise and industry leading solutions in the space and defense sectors, as well as in the media and broadcast news industries, headquartered in Dublin, Ireland.

 

 

On January 20, 2020, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Meti Logiciels et Services SAS (Meti), for a purchase price of $43,404,000. Based in France, Meti is specialized in the development of software solutions for the retail sector across Europe and works with some of Europe’s largest retailers.

 

 

On March 31, 2020, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of TeraThink Corporation (TeraThink), for a purchase price of $99,388,000. Based in the United States, TeraThink is an information technology and management consulting firm providing digitization, enterprise finance, risk management, and data analytics services to the U.S. federal government and is headquartered in Reston, Virginia.

The following table presents the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for all acquisitions based on the acquisition-date fair values of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

       SCISYS       TeraThink       Other       Total  
     $       $       $       $  

Current assets

     28,461       14,227       12,995       55,683  

PP&E (Note 6)

     16,893       1,369       638       18,900  

Right-of-use assets (Note 7)

     3,362       4,228       4,269       11,859  

Intangible assets (Note 9)

     16,837       19,025       10,661       46,523  

Goodwill1 (Note 12)

     144,712       86,642       37,683       269,037  

Current liabilities

     (68,254     (13,910     (14,414     (96,578

Deferred tax liabilities

     (3,030           (1,507     (4,537

Retirement benefits obligations (Note 17)

                 (1,068     (1,068

Long-term debt

     (10,880     (9,732     (122     (20,734

Lease liabilities

     (4,336     (4,935     (4,321     (13,592
     123,765       96,914       44,814       265,493  

Cash acquired

     6,495       2,474       7,035       16,004  

Net assets acquired

     130,260       99,388       51,849       281,497  
                                  

Consideration paid

     130,260       99,388       51,849       281,497  
1 

The goodwill arising from the acquisitions mainly represents the future economic value associated to acquired work force and synergies with the Company’s operations. As at September 30, 2020, $32,272,000 of the goodwill is included in the Western and Southern Europe operating segment, $5,411,000 in the Canada operating segment, $86,642,000 in the U.S. Federal operating segment, $53,170,000 in the U.K and Australia operating segment and $91,542,000 in the Central and Eastern Europe operating segment. The goodwill is only deductible for tax purposes for TeraThink.

 

116


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

27.

Investments in subsidiaries (continued)

 

a)

Business acquisitions realized in current fiscal year (continued)

 

The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for SCISYS, TeraThink and Meti are preliminary and are expected to be completed as soon as management will have gathered all the information available and considered necessary in order to finalize this allocation.

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the above significant acquisitions would have contributed approximately $250,000,000 of revenues and individually between 6.0% and 10.5% of earnings before acquisition-related and integration costs, and income taxes to the financial results of the Company had the acquisition dates been October 1, 2019. These figures are indicative of the actual contribution when considering the specific dates of acquisition.

With significant strategic consulting, system integration and customer-centric digital innovation capabilities, these acquisitions were made to complement CGI’s proximity model and expertise across key sectors, including communications, retail, space and defense and government.

 

b)

Business acquisitions realized in the prior fiscal year

The Company made the following acquisitions during the year ended September 30, 2019:

 

 

On October 11, 2018, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of ckc AG (ckc), a specialized provider of agile software development and management services, with a focus on the automotive sector, headquartered in Brunswick, Germany.

 

 

During the year, the Company acquired the control of Acando AB (Acando), a consulting services firm headquartered in Stockholm, Sweden, through a step acquisition. In March 2019, the Company acquired 22.6% of the outstanding shares of Acando which was accounted for as an investment in an associate using the equity method. On April 16, 2019, the Company acquired control of Acando through the acquisition of an additional 71.1% of the outstanding shares under a tender offer and by May 14, 2019, an additional 2.4% was acquired. The remaining 3.9% of the outstanding shares, which are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, were acquired on October 11, 2019.

 

 

On August 30, 2019, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Annams Systems Corporation d/b/a Sunflower Systems (Sunflower), a specialized provider of asset management software, solutions and services, headquartered in San Ramon, California.

With strategic consulting, system integration and customer-centric digital innovation capabilities, these acquisitions were made to complement CGI’s proximity model and expertise across key sectors, including manufacturing, retail and government.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 117


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

27.

Investments in subsidiaries (continued)

 

b)

Business acquisitions realized in the prior fiscal year (continued)

The following table presents the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for all the above acquisitions based on the acquisition-date fair values of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company finalized the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for ckc. The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Acando and Sunflower were preliminary.

 

      Acando     Other     Total  
     $     $     $  

Current assets

     105,298       14,674       119,972  

PP&E (Note 6)

     6,404       1,271       7,675  

Intangible assets (Note 9)

     102,889       9,855       112,744  

Goodwill1

     555,921       31,916       587,837  

Current liabilities

     (120,746     (12,735     (133,481

Deferred tax liabilities

     (25,966     (1,324     (27,290

Retirement benefits obligations (Note 17)

     (6,550     (1,444     (7,994

Long-term debt

     (9,828           (9,828
     607,422       42,213       649,635  

Cash acquired

     16,348       (2,481     13,867  

Net assets acquired

     623,770       39,732       663,502  
                          

Consideration paid

     599,744       37,738       637,482  

Consideration payable

     24,026       1,994       26,020  

 

1 

The goodwill arising from the acquisitions mainly represents the future economic value associated to acquired work force and synergies with the Company’s operations. As at September 30, 2019, $465,209,000 of the goodwill is included in the Scandinavia operating segment, $90,943,000 in the Central and Eastern Europe operating segment, $17,730,000 in the Finland, Poland and Baltics operating segment and $13,955,000 in the U.S. Federal operating segment. The goodwill is only deductible for tax purposes for Sunflower.

During fiscal year 2019, the Company acquired 96.1% of the outstanding shares of Acando and the remaining 3.9% on October 11, 2019 for $23,123,000. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company finalized the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Acando and Sunflower with no significant adjustments.

 

c)

Acquisition-related and integration costs

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company expensed $76,794,000, for acquisition-related and integration costs. This amount includes acquisition-related costs of $6,545,000, and integration costs of $70,249,000. The acquisition-related costs consist mainly of professional fees incurred for the acquisitions. The integration costs mainly include terminations of employment of $49,390,000, accounted for in restructuring provisions, as well as other integration costs of $20,859,000.

During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company expensed $77,417,000, for acquisition-related and integration costs. This amount included acquisition-related costs of $1,992,000, and integration costs of $75,425,000. The acquisition-related costs consist mainly of professional fees incurred for the acquisitions. The integration costs mainly include terminations of employment of $56,268,000, accounted for in restructuring provisions, as well as other integration costs of $19,157,000.

 

d)

Disposal

There was no significant disposal during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

118


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

28.

Supplementary cash flow information

 

a) Net change in non-cash working capital items is as follows for the years ended September 30:

 

      2020     2019  
     $     $  

Accounts receivable

     225,441       205,549  

Work in progress

     79,809       (161,031

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     21,342       (22,238

Long-term financial assets

     (12,081     (3,547

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (106,828     (54,822

Accrued compensation

     (17,472     13,112  

Deferred revenue

     (48,264     (22,659

Provisions

     76,671       737  

Long-term liabilities

     59,822       19,353  

Retirement benefits obligations

     (4,022     (2,814

Derivative financial instruments

     373       (271

Income taxes

     (56,627     (27,620
       218,164       (56,251

b) Non-cash operating and investing activities related to operations are as follows for the years ended September 30:

 

      2020     2019  
     $     $  

Operating activities

    

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     4,788         14,573  

  Provisions

     690       2,512  
       5,478       17,085  

Investing activities

    

  Purchase of PP&E

     (4,698     (14,913

  Additions, disposals/retirements and change in estimates and lease modifications of right-of-use assets

     (102,584      

  Additions to intangible assets

     (780     (14,267
       (108,062     (29,180

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 119


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

28.

Supplementary cash flow information (continued)

 

c) Changes arising from financing activities are as follows for the years ended September 30:

 

                    2020            2019  
      Long-term
debt
    Derivative
financial
instruments to
hedge long-term
debt
    Lease
liabilities
    Long-term
debt
    Derivative
financial
instruments to
hedge long-term
debt
 
     $     $     $     $     $  

Balance, beginning of year

     2,331,207       (29,894           1,800,893       43,217  

Adoption of IFRS 16 (Note 3)

     (30,339           911,525              

Balance as at October 1, 2019

     2,300,868       (29,894     911,525       1,800,893       43,217  

Cash used in financing activities excluding equity

          

   Net change in unsecured committed revolving credit facility

     (334,370                 139,575        

   Increase of long-term debt

     1,807,167                   686,810        

   Repayment of long-term debt and lease liabilities

     (106,496           (175,320     (355,406      

   Repayment of debt assumed in business acquisitions

     (28,281                 (2,141      

   Settlement of derivative financial instruments (Note 32)

           (3,903                 (554

Non-cash financing activities

          

Additions, disposals/retirements and change in estimates and lease modifications of right-of-use assets (New obligations under finance leases for 2019)

                 102,584       12,095        

Additions through business acquisitions (Note 27)

     19,333             13,592       9,828        

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates

     (77,126     66,031       31,766       25,304       (72,557

Other

     6,000             (7,777     14,249        

Balance, end of year

     3,587,095       32,234       876,370       2,331,207       (29,894

d) Interest paid and received and income taxes paid are classified within operating activities and are as follows for the years ended September 30:

 

      2020      2019  
     $      $  

Interest paid

     180,453        102,108  

Interest received

     5,116        3,080  

Income taxes paid

     390,867        386,953  

e) Cash and cash equivalents consisted of unrestricted cash as at September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

120


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

 

29.

Segmented information

The following tables present information on the Company’s operations based on its revised management structure. Segment results are based on the location from which the services are delivered - the geographic delivery model. The Company has retrospectively revised the segmented information for the comparative period to conform to the new segmented information structure (Note 12).

 

                                                      Year ended September 30, 2020  
     Western
and
Southern
Europe
   

U.S.
Commercial
and State

Government

    Canada     U.S.
Federal
   

U.K. and

Australia

    Central
and
Eastern
Europe
    Scandinavia     Finland,
Poland
and
Baltics
   

Asia

Pacific

    Eliminations     Total  
    $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  

Segment revenue

    1,911,477       1,863,467       1,686,269       1,712,244       1,358,469       1,212,196       1,104,121       777,152       674,946       (136,226     12,164,115  

Segment earnings before acquisition-related and integration costs, restructuring costs, net finance costs and income tax expense1

    264,009       295,795       364,424       221,793       215,924       122,548       57,231       120,959       200,263             1,862,946  

Acquisition-related and integration costs (Note 27)

                        (76,794

Restructuring costs (Note 25)

                        (155,411

Net finance costs (Note 26)

                                                                                    (114,474

Earnings before income taxes

                                                                                    1,516,267  

 

1 

Total amortization and depreciation of $558,675,000 included in the Western and Southern Europe, U.S. Commercial and State Government, Canada, U.S. Federal, U.K. and Australia, Central and Eastern Europe, Scandinavia, Finland, Poland and Baltics and Asia Pacific segments is $64,084,000, $89,150,000, $69,921,000, $47,443,000, $68,346,000, $84,592,000, $71,590,000, $39,055,000 and $24,494,000, respectively for the year ended September 30, 2020. Amortization includes impairments of $14,680,000 from business solutions and contract costs which are mainly included in U.S. Commercial and State Government for $3,396,000 of business solutions, Canada for $3,589,000 of business solutions and Finland, Poland and Baltics for $4,065,000 of contract costs and a business solution. These assets were no longer expected to generate future economic benefits.

 

                                                      Year ended September 30, 2019  
     Western
and
Southern
Europe
   

U.S.
Commercial
and State

Government

    Canada     U.S.
Federal
   

U.K. and

Australia

    Central
and
Eastern
Europe
    Scandinavia     Finland,
Poland
and
Baltics
   

Asia

Pacific

    Eliminations     Total  
    $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  

Segment revenue

    2,022,677       1,834,917       1,768,924       1,597,922       1,356,858       1,166,486       1,095,330       787,640       606,252       (125,770     12,111,236  

Segment earnings before acquisition-related and integration costs, net finance costs and income tax expense1

    275,535       333,210       359,089       230,054       185,290       100,244       76,648       118,771       146,154             1,824,995  

Acquisition-related and integration costs (Note 27)

                        (77,417

Net finance costs (Note 26)

                                                                                    (70,630

Earnings before income taxes

                                                                                    1,676,948  

 

1 

Total amortization and depreciation of $391,289,000 included in the Western and Southern Europe, U.S. Commercial and State Government, Canada, U.S. Federal, U.K. and Australia, Central and Eastern Europe, Scandinavia, Finland, Poland and Baltics and Asia Pacific segments is $42,558,000, $73,647,000, $62,486,000, $27,433,000, $67,110,000, $37,314,000, $26,534,000, $38,968,000 and $15,239,000, respectively for the year ended September 30, 2019.

The accounting policies of each operating segment are the same as those described in Note 3, Summary of significant accounting policies. Intersegment revenue is priced as if the revenue was from third parties.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 121


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

 

29.

Segmented information (continued)

 

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The following table provides external revenue information based on the client’s location which is different from the revenue presented under operating segments, due to the intersegment revenue, for the years ended September 30:

 

      2020      2019  
     $      $  

Western and Southern Europe

     

    France

     1,672,355        1,761,861  

    Others

     239,053        264,252  
     1,911,408        2,026,113  

U.S.1

     3,637,070        3,474,418  

Canada

     1,820,265        1,881,364  

U.K. and Australia

     

    U.K.

     1,508,719        1,480,627  

    Australia

     63,708        75,268  
     1,572,427      1,555,895  

Central and Eastern Europe

     

    Germany

     718,166        655,713  

    Netherlands

     465,340        463,633  

    Others

     68,537        74,271  
     1,252,043        1,193,617  

Scandinavia

     

    Sweden

     835,682        854,565  

    Others

     322,711        297,101  
     1,158,393      1,151,666  

Finland, Poland and Baltics

     

    Finland

     766,732        785,285  

    Others

     37,269        37,179  
     804,001      822,464  

Asia Pacific

     

    Others

     8,508        5,699  
       8,508        5,699  
       12,164,115        12,111,236  

 

1 

External revenue included in the U.S Commercial and State Government and U.S. Federal operating segments was $1,902,661,000 and $1,734,409,000, respectively in 2020 ($1,853,154,000 and $1,621,264,000, respectively in 2019).

 

122


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

29.

Segmented information (continued)

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

The following table provides information for PP&E, right-of-use assets (only as at September 30, 2020), contract costs and intangible assets based on their location:

 

                                                                 
    

As at

September 30, 2020

    As at
September 30, 2019
 
    $     $  

U.S.

    487,698       367,415  

Canada

    412,469       292,291  

U.K.

    138,391       103,803  

France

    137,307       45,501  

Sweden

    162,506       125,987  

Finland

    93,948       46,828  

Germany

    107,809       47,800  

Netherlands

    64,551       22,187  

Rest of the world

    195,970       86,796  
      1,800,649       1,138,608  

INFORMATION ABOUT SERVICES

The following table provides revenue information based on services provided by the Company for the year ended September 30:

 

                                                                 
      2020        2019  
     $        $  

Systems integration and consulting

     5,554,622          5,998,486  

Management of IT and business functions

     6,609,493          6,112,750  
       12,164,115          12,111,236  

MAJOR CLIENT INFORMATION

Contracts with the U.S. federal government and its various agencies, included within the U.S. Federal operating segment, accounted for $1,675,326,000 and 13.8% of revenues for the year ended September 30, 2020 ($1,554,933,000 and 12.8% for the year ended September 30, 2019).

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 123


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

30.

Related party transactions

 

a)

Transactions with subsidiaries and other related parties

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated on consolidation. The Company owns 100% of the equity interests of its principal subsidiaries.

The Company’s principal subsidiaries whose revenues, based on the geographic delivery model, represent more than 3% of the consolidated revenues are as follows:

 

Name of subsidiary    Country of incorporation  

CGI Technologies and Solutions Inc.

   United States  

CGI France SAS

   France  

CGI Federal Inc.

   United States  

CGI IT UK Limited

   United Kingdom  

CGI Information Systems and Management Consultants Inc.

   Canada  

Conseillers en gestion et informatique CGI Inc.

   Canada  

CGI Sverige AB

   Sweden  

CGI Deutschland B.V. & Co KG

   Germany  

CGI Suomi Oy

   Finland  

CGI Information Systems and Management Consultants Private Limited

   India  

CGI Nederland BV

   Netherlands  

 

b)

Compensation of key management personnel

Compensation of key management personnel, currently defined as the executive officers and the Board of Directors of the Company, was as follows for the year ended September 30:

 

      2020      2019  
     $      $  

Short-term employee benefits

     14,462        22,185  

Share-based payments

     22,122        23,991  

 

124


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

31.

Commitments, contingencies and guarantees

 

a)

Commitments

As at September 30, 2020, the Company entered into long-term service agreements representing a total commitment of $235,781,000. Minimum payments under these agreements are due as follows:

 

      $  

Less than one year

     124,776  

Between one and three years

     110,790  

Between three and five years

     215  

 

b)

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is involved in legal proceedings, audits, litigation and claims which primarily relate to tax exposure, contractual disputes and employee claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. Certain of these matters seek damages in significant amounts and will ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Although the outcome of such matters is not predictable with assurance, the Company has no reason to believe that the disposition of any such current matter could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or the ability to carry on any of its business activities. Claims for which there is a probable unfavourable outcome are recorded in provisions.

In addition, the Company is engaged to provide services under contracts with various government agencies. Some of these contracts are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements and, from time to time, government agencies investigate whether the Company’s operations are being conducted in accordance with these requirements. Generally, the governments agencies have the right to change the scope of, or terminate, these projects at its convenience. The termination or reduction in the scope of a major government contract or project could have a materially adverse effect on the results of operations and the financial condition of the Company.

 

c)

Guarantees

Sale of assets and business divestitures

In connection with the sale of assets and business divestitures, the Company may be required to pay counterparties for costs and losses incurred as the result of breaches in contractual obligations, representations and warranties, intellectual property right infringement and litigation against counterparties, among others. While some of the agreements specify a maximum potential exposure, others do not specify a maximum amount or limited period. It is not possible to reasonably estimate the maximum amount that may have to be paid under such guarantees. The amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheets relating to this type of indemnification as at September 30, 2020. The Company does not expect to incur any potential payment in connection with these guarantees that could have a materially adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Other transactions

In the normal course of business, the Company may provide certain clients, principally governmental entities, with bid and performance bonds. In general, the Company would only be liable for the amount of the bid bonds if the Company refuses to perform the project once the bid is awarded. The Company would also be liable for the performance bonds in the event of default in the performance of its obligations. As at September 30, 2020, the Company had committed a total of $32,130,000 of these bonds. To the best of its knowledge, the Company is in compliance with its performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a bid or performance bond, and the ultimate liability, if any, incurred in connection with these guarantees, would not have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Moreover, the Company has letters of credit for a total of $76,795,000 in addition to the letters of credit covered by the unsecured committed revolving credit facility (Note 14). These guarantees are required in some of the Company’s contracts with customers.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 125


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

32.

Financial instruments

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Valuation techniques used to value financial instruments are as follows:

 

  -

The fair value of Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes, the unsecured committed revolving credit facility, the unsecured committed term loan credit facilities and the other long-term debt is estimated by discounting expected cash flows at rates currently offered to the Company for debts of the same remaining maturities and conditions;

 

  -

The fair value of long-term bonds included in funds held for clients and in long-term investments is determined by discounting the future cash flows using observable inputs, such as interest rate yield curves or credit spreads, or according to similar transactions on an arm’s-length basis;

 

  -

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period;

 

  -

The fair value of cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps is determined based on market data (primarily yield curves, exchange rates and interest rates) to calculate the present value of all estimated cash flows;

 

  -

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is determined using observable quotes; and

 

  -

The fair value of deferred compensation plan assets within long-term financial assets is based on observable price quotations and net assets values at the reporting date.

As at September 30, 2020, there were no changes in valuation techniques.

The following table presents the financial liabilities included in the long-term debt (Note 14) measured at amortized cost categorized using the fair value hierarchy.

 

           

As at September 30, 20120

 

    

As at September 30, 2019

 

 
      Level      Carrying amount      Fair value      Carrying amount      Fair value  
            $      $      $      $  

Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes

     Level 2        1,211,965        1,297,632        1,256,554        1,330,809  

Obligations under finance leases

     Level 2                      30,339        29,792  

Other long-term debt

     Level 2        44,842        43,536        48,005        46,743  
                1,256,807        1,341,168        1,334,898        1,407,344  

For the remaining financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost, the carrying values approximate the fair values of the financial instruments given their short term maturity.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company entered into the 2020 Term Loan for a total principal amount of U.S. $1,250,000,000. The 2020 Term Loan was designated as a hedge of a portion of the Company’s net investment in its U.S. operations.

 

126


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

32.

Financial instruments (continued)

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value categorized using the fair value hierarchy:

 

      Level      As at September 30, 2020      As at September 30, 2019  
            $      $  

Financial assets

        

FVTE

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     Level 2        1,707,985        213,831  

Deferred compensation plan assets (Note 11)

     Level 1        73,156        62,627  
                1,781,141        276,458  

Derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments

        

Current derivative financial instruments included in current financial assets

     Level 2        

Cross-currency swaps

               4,243  

Foreign currency forward contracts

        17,027        25,799  

Long-term derivative financial instruments (Note 11)

     Level 2        

Cross-currency swaps

        25,362        45,193  

Foreign currency forward contracts

        8,636        25,069  

Interest rate swaps

              6,180        1,380  
                57,205        101,684  

FVOCI

        

Short-term investments included in current financial assets

     Level 2        1,473        9,889  

Long-term bonds included in funds held for clients (Note 5)

     Level 2        148,470        180,289  

Long-term investments (Note 11)

     Level 2        22,612        24,596  
                172,555        214,774  

Financial liabilities

        

Derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments

        

Current derivative financial instruments

     Level 2        

Cross-currency swaps

        5,320        2,982  

Foreign currency forward contracts

        3,008        1,920  

Long-term derivative financial instruments

     Level 2        

Cross-currency swaps

        52,275        16,560  

Foreign currency forward contracts

              4,347        1,762  
                64,950        23,224  

There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 127


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

32.

Financial instruments (continued)

 

MARKET RISK

Market risk incorporates a range of risks. Movements in risk factors, such as interest rate risk and currency risk, affect the fair values of financial assets and liabilities.

Interest rate risk

The Company has interest rate swaps whereby the Company receives a fixed rate of interest and pays interest at a variable rate of its Senior U.S. unsecured note. These swaps are being used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of the debt. The following table summarizes the fair value of theses swaps:

 

                                     

As at

September 30, 2020

    

As at

September 30, 2019

 
Interest rate swaps    Notional amount      Receive Rate      Pay Rate      Maturity      Fair value      Fair value  
                                 $      $  

 

Fair value hedges of Senior U.S. unsecured note

  

 

U.S.$

 

250,000

 

 

  

 

 

 

4.99%

 

 

    
LIBOR 1 month +
3.26%
 
 
  

 

 

 

December 2021

 

 

  

 

 

 

6,180

 

 

  

 

 

 

1,380

 

 

Senior U.S. unsecured note with a carrying value of $339,682,000, includes an accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments of $6,470,000 as at September 30, 2020.

In addition, the Company designates cross-currency interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges for changes in both interest rates and foreign exchange rates of foreign currency denominated long-term debt as described below.

The Company is also exposed to interest rate risk on its unsecured committed revolving credit facility and on its 2020 Term Loan.

The Company analyzes its interest rate risk exposure on an ongoing basis using various scenarios to simulate refinancing or the renewal of existing positions. Based on these scenarios, a change in the interest rate of 1% would not have had a significant impact on net earnings.

Currency risk

The Company operates internationally and is exposed to risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company mitigates this risk principally through foreign currency denominated debt and derivative financial instruments, which includes foreign currency forward contracts and cross-currency swaps.

The Company hedges a portion of the translation of the Company’s net investments in its U.S. and European operations into Canadian dollar, with Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes and the 2020 Term Loan. As of September 30, 2020, the Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes and the 2020 Term Loan of a carrying value of $2,316,639,000 and a nominal amount of $2,311,425,000 have been designated as hedging instruments to hedge portions of the Company’s net investments in its U.S. and European operations.

The Company also hedges a portion of the translation of the Company’s net investments in its European operations with cross-currency swaps.

 

128


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

32.

Financial instruments (continued)

MARKET RISK (CONTINUED)

Currency risk (continued)

 

The following tables summarize the cross-currency swap agreements that the Company had entered into in order to manage its currency:

 

                                 

As at

September 30, 2020

   

As at

September 30, 2019

 
Receive Notional      Receive Rate    Pay Notional      Pay rate    Maturity    Fair value     Fair value  
                             $     $  
 

    Hedges of net investments in European operations

 
  $374,200      From 3.40% to 3.81%      240,800      From 2.10% to 2.51%    From September 2021 to 2024      189       19,305  
  $136,274      From 3.57% to 3.63%      £75,842      From 2.67% to 2.80%    September 2024      8,977       12,511  
  $58,419      From 3.57% to 3.68%      Skr371,900      From 2.12% to 2.18%    September 2024      5,359       7,995  
 

    Hedges of net investments in European operations and cash flow hedges on unsecured committed term loan credit facility

 
  U.S.$500,000      LIBOR 1 month + 1.00%      443,381      From 1.13% to 1.17%    December 2023      (45,599     (3,627
 

    Cash flow hedges of Senior U.S. unsecured notes

 
  U.S.$420,000      From 3.74% to 4.06%      $568,893      From 3.40% to 3.81%    From September 2021 to 2024      (1,159     (6,290
        Total                                (32,233     29,894  

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company settled cross-currency swaps with a notional amount of $69,300,000 for a net amount of $3,903,000. The related amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income will be transferred to earnings when the net investment is disposed of.

The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge the variability in various foreign currency exchange rates on future revenues. Hedging relationships are designated and documented at inception and quarterly effectiveness assessments are performed during the year.

As at September 30, 2020, the Company held foreign currency forward contracts to hedge exposures to changes in foreign currency, which have the following notional, average contract rates and maturities:

 

              Average contract rates     

As at

September 30, 2020

   

As at

September 30, 2019

 
Foreign currency forward contracts    Notional      Less than one year      More than one year      Fair value     Fair value  
                          $     $  

USD/INR

     U.S.$146,778        75.30        80.89        2,473       1,498  

CAD/INR

     $288,942        57.94        61.59        6,196       11,687  

EUR/INR

     107,190        91.92        95.77        4,731       14,985  

GBP/INR

     £86,833        100.26        105.18        4,522       11,929  

SEK/INR

     Skr248,637        8.61        8.79        477       3,945  

EUR/GBP

     39,291        0.90        0.90        (1,210     (311

EUR/MAD

     47,010        11.60        11.46        2,534       4,416  

EUR/CZK

     27,456        26.09        26.69        (1,039     243  

EUR/SEK

     30,773        10.45        10.70        120       (1,828

Others

     $74,054                          (496     622  

Total

                                18,308       47,186  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 129


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

32.

Financial instruments (continued)

MARKET RISK (CONTINUED)

Currency risk (continued)

 

The following table details the Company’s sensitivity to a 10% strengthening of the Swedish krona, the U.S. dollar, the euro and the British pound foreign currency rates on net earnings and comprehensive income. The sensitivity analysis on net earnings presents the impact of foreign currency denominated financial instruments and adjusts their translation at period end for a 10% strengthening in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis on other comprehensive income presents the impact of a 10% strengthening in foreign currency rates on the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges and on net investment hedges.

 

                           2020                          2019  
      Swedish
krona impact
    U.S. dollar
impact
    euro
impact
    British
pound
impact
    Swedish
krona impact
    U.S. dollar
impact
    euro
impact
    British
pound
impact
 
     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  

Increase in net earnings

     317       1,215       190       931       875       2,333       167       2,166  

Decrease in other comprehensive income (loss)

     (11,047     (233,182     (116,136     (29,080     (7,724     (65,034     (109,838     (24,736

LIQUIDITY RISK

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company is not able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due or can do so only at excessive cost. The Company’s activities are financed through a combination of the cash flows from operations, borrowing under existing unsecured committed revolving credit facility, the issuance of debt and the issuance of equity. One of management’s primary goals is to maintain an optimal level of liquidity through the active management of the assets and liabilities as well as the cash flows. The Company regularly monitors its cash forecasts to ensure it has sufficient flexibility under its available liquidity to meet its obligations.

 

130


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

32.

Financial instruments (continued)

LIQUIDITY RISK (CONTINUED)

 

The following tables summarize the carrying amount and the contractual maturities of both the interest and principal portion of financial liabilities. All amounts contractually denominated in foreign currency are presented in Canadian dollar equivalent amounts using the period-end spot rate or floating rate.

 

As at September 30, 2020    Carrying
amount
     Contractual
cash flows
    Less than
one year
    Between
one and
three years
    Between
three and five
years
    Beyond
five years
 
     $      $     $     $     $     $  

Non-derivative financial liabilities

             

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1,025,963        1,025,963       1,025,963                    

Accrued compensation

     672,775        672,775       672,775                    

Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes

     1,211,965        1,325,791       321,089       519,605       485,097        

Unsecured committed term loan credit facilities

     2,330,288        2,400,927       35,869       1,696,940       668,118        

Lease liabilities

     876,370        1,002,493       207,617       325,964       229,871       239,041  

Other long-term debt

     44,842        45,221       38,240       5,387       1,587       7  

Clients’ funds obligations

     720,322        720,322       720,322                    

Derivative financial liabilities

             

Cash flow hedges of future revenue

     6,694             

Outflow

        290,661       108,478       163,183       19,000        

(Inflow)

        (299,279     (107,621     (169,846     (21,812      

Cross-currency swaps

     57,595             

Outflow

        1,272,197       315,839       168,458       787,900        

(Inflow)

        (1,232,774     (311,715     (163,025     (758,034      

Non deliverable forwards

     661             

Outflow

              661       661                    
       6,947,475        7,224,958       3,027,517       2,546,666       1,411,727       239,048  
As at September 30, 2019    Carrying
amount
     Contractual
cash flows
    Less than
one year
    Between
one and
three years
    Between
three and five
years
    Beyond
five years
 
     $      $     $     $     $     $  

Non-derivative financial liabilities

             

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1,108,895        1,108,895       1,108,895                    

Accrued compensation

     642,897        642,897       642,897                    

Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes

     1,256,554        1,425,138       116,613       738,987       569,538        

Unsecured committed revolving credit facility

     334,370        378,298       10,493       20,986       346,819        

Unsecured committed term loan credit facility

     661,939        747,921       19,677       40,804       687,440        

Obligations other than finance leases

     14,295        14,609       10,938       3,558       113        

Obligations under finance leases

     30,339        31,245       14,534       16,172       539        

Other long-term debt

     33,710        34,181       22,719       8,885       1,986       591  

Clients’ funds obligations

     366,796        366,796       366,796                    

Derivative financial liabilities

             

Cash flow hedges of future revenue

     3,682             

Outflow

        224,440       97,993       126,447              

(Inflow)

        (228,672     (97,250     (131,422            

Cross-currency swaps

     19,542             

Outflow

        1,160,635       91,857       250,763       818,015        

(Inflow)

              (1,218,430     (101,823     (267,794     (848,813      
       4,473,019        4,687,953       2,304,339       807,386       1,575,637       591  

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 131


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

 

32.

Financial instruments (continued)

LIQUIDITY RISK (CONTINUED)

 

As at September 30, 2020, the Company held cash and cash equivalents, funds held for clients, short-term investments and long-term investments of $2,457,248,000 ($616,428,000 as at September 30, 2019). The Company also had available $1,490,301,000 in unsecured committed revolving credit facility ($1,155,369,000 as at September 30, 2019). As at September 30, 2020, trade accounts receivable amounted to $904,887,000 (Note 4) ($979,728,000 as at September 30, 2019). Given the Company’s available liquid resources as compared to the timing of the payments of liabilities, management assesses the Company’s liquidity risk to be low.

CREDIT RISK

The Company takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full when due. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, work in progress, long-term investments and derivative financial instruments with a positive fair value. The maximum exposure of credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of these items reported on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company is exposed to credit risk in connection with long-term investments through the possible inability of borrowers to meet the terms of their obligations. The Company mitigates this risk by investing primarily in high credit quality corporate and government bonds with a credit rating of A- or higher. The application of the low credit exemption had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company has accounts receivable derived from clients engaged in various industries including government; manufacturing, retail & distribution; financial services; communications & utilities; and health that are not concentrated in any specific geographic area. These specific industries may be affected by economic factors that may impact trade accounts receivable. However, management does not believe that the Company is subject to any significant credit risk in view of the Company’s large and diversified client base and that any single industry or geographic region represents a significant credit risk to the Company. Historically, the Company has not made any significant write-offs and had low bad debt ratios. The application of the simplified approach to measure expected credit losses for trade accounts receivable and work in progress had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The following table sets forth details of the age of trade accounts receivable that are past due:

 

      2020        2019  
     $        $  

Not past due

     775,975          793,387  

Past due 1-30 days

     44,278          96,106  

Past due 31-60 days

     29,948          23,125  

Past due 61-90 days

     6,407          17,392  

Past due more than 90 days

     53,546          54,192  
     910,154          984,202  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (5,267        (4,474
       904,887          979,728  

In addition, the exposure to credit risk of cash and cash equivalents and derivatives financial instruments is limited given that the Company deals mainly with a diverse group of high-grade financial institutions and that derivatives agreements are generally subject to master netting agreements, such as the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, which provide for net settlement of all outstanding contracts with the counterparty in case of an event of default.

 

132


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(tabular amounts only are in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

    

    

 

33.

Capital risk management

The Company is exposed to risks of varying degrees of significance which could affect its ability to achieve its strategic objectives for growth. The main objectives of the Company’s risk management process are to ensure that risks are properly identified and that the capital base is adequate in relation to these risks.

The Company manages its capital to ensure that there are adequate capital resources while maximizing the return to shareholders through the optimization of the debt and equity balance. As at September 30, 2020, total managed capital was $13,459,695,000 ($9,463,626,000 as at September 30, 2019). Managed capital consists of long-term debt, including the current portion (Note 14), lease liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, long-term investments (Note 11) and shareholders’ equity. The basis for the Company’s capital structure is dependent on the Company’s expected business growth and changes in the business environment. When capital needs have been specified, the Company’s management proposes capital transactions for the approval of the Company’s Audit and Risk Management Committee and Board of Directors. The capital risk policy remains unchanged from prior periods.

The Company monitors its capital by reviewing various financial metrics, including the following:

 

  -

Net Debt/Capitalization

 

  -

Debt/EBITDA

Net debt, capitalization and EBITDA are additional measures. Net debt represents debt (including the current portion and the fair value of foreign currency derivative financial instruments related to debt) less cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments. Capitalization is shareholders’ equity plus debt. EBITDA is calculated as earnings from continuing operations before finance costs, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring costs and acquisition-related and integration costs. The Company believes that the results of the current internal ratios are consistent with its capital management credit facility and unsecured committed revolving credit facilities. The ratios are as follows:

 

  -

Leverage ratios, which are the ratio of total debt to EBITDA for its Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes and the ratio of total debt net of cash and cash equivalent investments to EBITDA for its unsecured committed revolving credit facility and unsecured committed term loan credit facilities for the four most recent quarters1.

 

  -

An interest and rent coverage ratio, which is the ratio of the EBITDAR for the four most recent quarters to the total finance costs and the operating rentals in the same periods. EBITDAR is calculated as EBITDA before rent expense1.

 

  -

In the case of the Senior U.S. and euro unsecured notes, a minimum net worth is required, whereby shareholders’ equity, excluding foreign exchange translation adjustments included in accumulated other comprehensive income, cannot be less than a specified threshold.

These ratios are calculated on a consolidated basis.

The Company is in compliance with these covenants and monitors them on an ongoing basis. The ratios are also reviewed quarterly by the Company’s Audit and Risk Management Committee. The Company is not subject to any other externally imposed capital requirements.

 

1 

In the event of an acquisition, the available historical financial information of the acquired company will be used in the computation of the ratios.

 

FISCAL 2020 RESULTS — 133


Shareholder Information

 

Shareholder information listing

IPO: 1986

Toronto Stock Exchange, April 1992: GIB.A

New York Stock Exchange, October 1998: GIB

Number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020:

230,690,875 Class A subordinate voting shares

28,945,706 Class B shares

High/Low of share price from October 1, 2019

to September 30, 2020:

 

TSX (CDN$)                              NYSE  (U.S.$)

High:

   114.49      87.13

Low:

   67.23      46.32

The certifications required by National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings whereby CGI’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer certify the accuracy of the information contained in CGI’s Annual Information Form, Annual Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, and Annual Management’s Discussion and Analysis are available on the Canadian Securities Administrators’ website at www.sedar.com. Similar certifications required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are attached as exhibits to our Form 40-F, which is available on EDGAR at www.sec.gov. The certification required by Section 303A.12(c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual is also filed annually with the New York Stock Exchange. CGI’s corporate governance practices conform to those followed by U.S. domestic companies under New York Stock Exchange listing standards. A summary of these practices is provided in the report of the Corporate Governance Committee contained in CGI’s Management Proxy Circular, which is available on the Canadian Securities Administrators’ website at www.sedar.com, on EDGAR at www.edgar.com and on CGI’s website at www.cgi.com.

Auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Transfer agent

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

100 University Avenue, 8th floor

Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1

Telephone: 1 800 564-6253

www.investorcentre.com/service

Investor relations

For further information about the Company, additional copies of this report, or other financial information, please contact:

CGI Inc.

Investor Relations

Email: ir@cgi.com

Web: cgi.com/investors

1350 René-Lévesque Blvd West,

15th floor

Montréal, Quebec H3G 1T4

Canada

Tel.: 514-841-3200

Annual general meeting of shareholders

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders will be conducted online on January 27, 2021, at 11:00 a.m. (Eastern Standard Time) via live audio webcast at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CGI2020. This year, shareholders will not be able to attend the Meeting in person, but will have the opportunity to participate in real time and vote at the Meeting online in the manner set forth in CGI’s Management Proxy Circular, through a web-based platform, regardless of their geographic location.

 

 

134


 

 

 

 

About us

 

At CGI, we are insights-driven and outcomes-based to help clients accelerate returns on investments.

 

We provide comprehensive, scalable, and sustainable IT and business consulting services that are informed globally and delivered locally.

  
LOGO   

industry sectors

  
LOGO   

locations worldwide

  
LOGO   

consultants and professionals

  
© CGI Inc.       LOGO